in english - Fundación General de la Universidad de Salamanca

Transcripción

FACULTAD DE ECONOMÍA Y EMPRESA
UNIVERSIDAD DE SALAMANCA
facultad de
economía
y empresa
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES (IN ENGLISH)
2016-2017
1
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES (IN ENGLISH)
2016-2017
The following pages contain a brief description in English of the courses of the
Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Economics and Business of the
University of Salamanca during the academic year 2016-2017.1
B.A. in Economics (Grado en Economía)…………………………………
3-126
B.A. in Business Administration and Management (Grado en Administración y
Direcciónde Empresas) ………………….………………………………..
127-266
B.A. in Small and Medium Business Management (Grado en Gestión de
Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas)………….…………………………….. 267-400
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
The Faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Salamanca would
like to thank all those professors involved in the translation of the courses for
their generosity of time.
1
The English description is not available for some courses. Please, check for these courses the academic
guide: http://facultadeconomiayempresa.usal.es/index.php/guias-academicas
2
BACHELOR DEGREE IN ECONOMICS
(GRADO EN ECONOMÍA)
2016-2017
3
FIRST YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS I
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103700
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
237
ECTS
1
Área
(Área)
Foundations of Economic Analysis
(Fundamentos de Análisis Económico)
Department
(Departamento)
Economics and Economic History
(Economía e Historia Económica)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
(Profesor Coordinador)
RAMÓN J. TORREGROSA
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
responsabilidad docente)
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Economics and Business
(Facultad de Economía y Empresa)
Office (Despacho)
220 (FES Building)
Office Hours
(Horario de tutorías)
For appointments send an e-mail
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~rtorregr/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
4
Recommended Background
It is highly recommended to have a good command of basic mathematical tools and an
intermediate level of English (although the working language will be Spanish).
Objectives
Expected learning results:
1. Understanding basic economic concepts about current social and political problems.
2. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real
problems.
3. Applying the main theoretical concepts of economic analysis.
Syllabus
1. The principles of Economics.
2. Demand and supply.
3. Market Regulation.
4. Elasticity.
5. Consumer and Producer Surplus.
6. Production and Costs
7. Perfect Competition and the Supply Curve
8. Monopoly.
9. Monopolistic Competition.
10. Strategic Behaviour.
11. Oligopoly.
12. Market Failures.
References (in Spanish)
Textbooks
Principios De Economía: G. Mankiw (Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Introducción a la Economía. Microeconomía: P. Krugman and R. Wells (Ed. Reverté).
Other references
Economics: A Brief Introduction. Dasgupta. Oxford University Press.
Dictionary of Economics. The Economist.
5
MATHEMATICS: ALGEBRA
(ALGEBRA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103701
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rodríguez Alcantud, José Carlos
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
209 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Check web page
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/jcr
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3180
Objectives
•
To enable students to apply formal models to practical problems.
6
Syllabus
1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory. Sets of real numbers.
Polynomials.
2. Vectorial spaces and subspaces. Independence, basis and dimension.
3. Linear mappings. Matrices.
4. Diagonalization. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
5. Symmetric bilinear forms. Quadratic forms. Classification of quadratic forms.
Textbooks
Manual práctico de Matemáticas para Economía y Empresa. Por Mª Dolores García,
Bernardo García-Bernalt, Mª Aurora Manrique y José Carlos Rodríguez. Delta Publicaciones
2006.
Other references
La web http://web.usal.es/jcr/matematicas/algebra.htm contiene otras referencias de varios
tipos (bibliográficas, electrónicas, etc). En STUDIUM se detallarán otras referencias
electrónicas adecuadas para seguir la asignatura.
7
ECONOMIC HISTORY: ECONOMIC HISTORY
(HISTORIA ECONÓMICA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103702
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
History and Economic Institutions
(Historia e Instituciones Económicas)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
María Pilar Brel Cachón
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
228 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday: 11:00-13:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3519
8
Objectives
Main course goals:
- Know in the long time the functioning of economic systems, the alternatives allocation,
the accumulation of wealth and the income distribution.
- Framing the main economic historical facts
- Relate and use basic economic concepts regarding to historical events and the study
of the territory.
- Knowing the connections between social and economic factors
- Emphasize the complexity of the economic reality, the diversity of economic realities in
different places and historical periods.
- Study the material basis of production activities, the technological changes that
determine the use of the resources and the affect of the different economic growth
models.
Specific and operational goals:
- Develop essays and practice tests using the simple tools of the economic analysis
- Ability to present arguments in public
- Develop teamwork and assume roles in simulations games
- Ensure that the student interacted in the virtual campus.
- Become familiar with descriptive statistics and the application of basic statistical
concepts to the analysis of charts, tables and time series.
- Interpret historical texts, literary, political and economic, archival documents and maps.
Syllabus
1. Overview Economic History of the West
2. The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850)
3. The first globalization (1870-1913)
4. The interwar period (1913-1945)
5. The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973)
6. The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries
7. The second globalization, the uneven development, and current depression
Textbooks
CARRERAS, A. y X. TAFUNELL (2003): Historia económica de la España contemporánea.
Crítica. Barcelona.
COMÍN, F. (2005): Historia Económica Mundial, Crítica, Barcelona.
FELIÚ, G. y SUDRIÁ, C. (2007): Introducción a la historia económica mundial, Valencia,
PUV.
MASSA, P., BRACCO, G., GUENZI, A, DAVIS, J.A., FONTANA, G.L. Y CARRERAS, A.
(2003): Historia económica de Europa, siglos XV-XX, Barcelona, Crítica.
UNIVERSITAT DE BARCELONA (1997): Guía Práctica de Historia económica mundial,
Barcelona, Universidad.
ZAMAGNI, V. (2001): Historia económica de la Europa contemporánea. Crítica. Barcelona.
Other references
-
9
COMMERCIAL LAW: FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMERCIAL LAW
(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO MERCANTIL)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103703
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Mercantil
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Privado
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
NOT AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH
10
CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW:
FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW
(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO CIVIL PATRIMONIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103704
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
Plan
(Plan)
237
Year
(Curso)
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
RAMÓN GARCÍA GÓMEZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Law
(Facultad de Derecho)
Office
(Despacho)
215 (Building: Faculty of Law)
Office Hours
Prof. García:
- Monday and Tuesday: 13:00 – 15:00
- Wednesday: 14:00 – 15:00
- Thursday: 14:00 – 15:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294441
Extension: 1634
11
Place of the course in the curriculum
The Civil Law is the area of civil law that regulates all relations that have an economic
background and consider the person in reference to his property, so that their bases are
embedded within the economic system, the initiative of individuals and the free market.
In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Civil Law focuses on the study of the rules governing
the obligations and contracts, to the extent that these rules articulate the legal exchange of
goods and services with economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training
necessary for the student to understand other subjects of the degree, if Fundamentals of
Commercial Law, its natural continuation, and taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a
solid legal training that help you understand the legal operations affecting the Company and
transfer that training to management and company management in civil society.
Objectives
The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Economics from the legal tools
necessary for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own obligations and
contracts, which focused on their training, have allowed precise legal means face-to-be future
professionals in economics.
Given the role of the jurist and the aims of the future graduate, the basic objectives of any
course of civil law must ensure that students reach a reasonable level of knowledge for the
scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical problems.
In this sense, the theory class is useful as a guide for the student to the study of the subject, as
a means to explain the fundamental concepts, to clarify the more complex issues or to highlight
the most important issues. As for the practical classes, should serve to make clear the close
relationship in law between theory and practice to acquire the necessary critical sense that
allows you to assess the various situations of legal court in this site are usually presented.
Syllabus
LESSON 1. - CONCEPT AND SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL LAW.
LESSON 2. - CONCEPT, STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS.
LESSON 3. - TYPES OF OBLIGATIONS AND COMPLIANCE.
LESSON 4. - PERFORMANCE AND TERMINATION OF LIABILITY.
LESSON 5. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT.
LESSON 6. - CLASSIFICATION AND BIOLOGY OF CONTRACTS.
LESSON 7. - EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACTS AND INEFFECTIVE.
Competences and Habilities
SPECIFIC
- The course aims to provide legal rationality in the analysis and description of any aspect of
economic reality (C.3).
- The course assesses the consequences of various courses of action from the point of view
of civil law and economics applied to select the best targets taking into account the
distributional implications (C.4).
- Finally, the course allows the issuance of reports based on law advice on specific situations
of the economy (international, national or regional) or sectors and companies in the same
(C.5).
12
TRANSVERSE
- The subject achieves self-learning ability. The economic logic with its emphasis on legal
structure of models and variables allows the student the independent analysis of new
economic realities. For this reason, the student will be able to access independently scientific
literature that will enable future economic order issues which have to face (C.23).
- The subject can reach levels of sensitivity to environmental issues, social and gender within
the framework of the defense of human rights. The economy is ultimately a science that
studies processes of choice between alternative uses, and provides criteria for making that
choice satisfactory from the point of view of the resources used in it.
For this reason, economic decisions have huge implications legal, social, environmental and
gender. Therefore students are trained to understand these implications and always bear in
mind in their analysis the defense of human rights (C.28).
Methodologies
In relation to the subject and its location within the training module was developed with the
following contents:
- The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons that make up the
program, following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and
skills related to those provided.
- The practical classes are linked to the consequent understanding of concepts by students so
that they will develop the solution of problems in the classroom.
After class, the professor proposed to students carrying out work on theory and personal
problems, for whose implementation will be supported by the teacher in supervised workshops.
In these seminars students can share with their peers and the teacher are doubts, get solutions
to them and start playing for themselves the powers of matter.
Textbooks:
- CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978.
- CÓDIGO CIVIL, a ser posible con legislación complementaria.
- Libro de texto para la teoría:
* LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil II. Derecho de Obligaciones”
Ed. Marcial Pons, última edición).
Other references:
- LACRUZ BERDEJO, José Luis, actualizado por DELGADO ECHEVERRÍA, Jesús, y
PARRA LUCÁN, María Ángeles, “Nociones de Derecho civil patrimonial e Introducción al
Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, ultima edición).
- DÍEZ PICAZO Y PONDE DE LEÓN, Luis, “Fundamentos de Derecho Civil Patrimonial I”
(Civitas, Madrid, última edición).
- DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio,
“Instituciones de Derecho Civil I. 2: Doctrina general del contrato y de las obligaciones.
Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, Madrid, última
edición)
“Instituciones de Derecho Civil II. 1: Derechos reales” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición).
- MORENO QUESADA y otros: “Derecho Civil Patrimonial. Conceptos y normativa básica”
13
(Editorial Comares, Granada, última edición).
- MORO ALMARAZ – SÁNCHEZ CID, “Nociones básicas de Derecho Civil”. Editorial Tecnos,
última edición.
Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos materiales relacionados
con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de
la asignatura. Asimismo, los alumnos dispondrán, en la página de Studium, de recursos
suficientes para afrontar la materia desde el comienzo del Curso
14
ACCOUNTING: BASES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103705
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
238
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Finance and Accounting
(Economía Financiera y Contabilidad)
Department
(Departamento)
Administration and Business Economics
(Administración y Economía de la Empresa)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Raquel García Rubio
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
106 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3134
15
Objectives
To provide students with enough tools for facing practical problems as a consequence of the
application of the obtained knowledge.
Syllabus
The accounting information system.
Conceptual framework.
The accounting method: the double-entry method
Business assets.
The registration process: techniques and accounting Textbooks.
The net profit of the financial year.
The accounting cycle.
The standardisation process and accounting planning.
The General Accounting Plan.
Textbooks
SOCÍAS SALVÁ, A., JOVER ARBONA, G., LLULL GILET, A., HORRACH ROSELLÓ, P. y
HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2007): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
URIAS VALIENTE, J. (1997): Introducción a la Contabilidad. Teoría y Supuestos, Ed.
Pirámide, MaARQUERO, J.L. JIMENEZ, S.M. Y RUIZ, I. (2008): Introducción a la
contabilidad financira, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
BLANCO, I., ÁLVAREZ, M.A., BABÍO, M.R., CANTORNA, S. y RAMOS, A. (2000):
Introducción a la Contabilidad. Contabilidad Financiera I, Prentice Hall, Madrid.
CAÑIBANO, L. (2001): Contabilidad: Análisis Contable de la Realidad Económica, Ed.
Pirámide, Madrid.
GARCIA PEREZ, M.C. (2001): Introducción a la Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide,
Madrid.
GONZÁLEZ ALBERO, J., BAÑÓN CALATAVA, C., SERRANO CARDON, M.J., VERDÚ
LLORCA, V., BELTRÁN MARTÍNEZ, E.C., RUIZ MANERO, E., RODRÍGUEZ MANFREDI, L
y GARCÍA PÉREZ, M. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
Other references
-
16
ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS II
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103706
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
CRISTINA PITA YÁÑEZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
224 (FES Building)
Office Hours
For appointments send an e-mail to [email protected]
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3129
17
It is highly recommended to have a good command of mathematical tools and an
intermediate level of English
Language:
Working language is Spanish. However, there will be references and some readings in
English.
Objectives
1. Understanding the economic foundations of current social and political
problems.
2. Using properly basic economic concepts.
problems.
4. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis.
Syllabus
MAIN CONCEPTS AND MACROECONOMIC THEORIES
1. Main macroeconomic variables. Economic data.
2. Economic growth. Productivity.
3. Saving and investment. Financial markets. An economy with money. Money supply.
4. Open economies.
5. Business cycle. AD-AS Model
Textbooks
Mankiw, Gregory: Principios de Economía (cualquier edición).
Dasgupta, Partha: Economics: A Brief Introduction. Oxford University Press.
Other references
Dictionary of Economics. The Economist.
18
MATHEMATICS: MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
(ANÁLISIS MATEMÁTICO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103707
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rodríguez Alcantud, José Carlos
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
209 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Check web page
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/jcr
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3180
19
Objectives
•
Syllabus
1. Sequences and series of real numbers.
2. Theory of functions of a real variable.
3. Elementary topology. Functions of several variables: Limits and continuity.
4. Directional and partial derivatives. Differentiable functions.
5. Applications of differentiation: Taylor expansion, concavity/convexity properties.
6. Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization. First and second order
conditions.
Textbooks
2006.
Other references
La web http://web.usal.es/jcr/matematicas/analisis.htm contiene otras referencias de varios
tipos (bibliográficas, electrónicas, etc). En STUDIUM se detallarán otras referencias
electrónicas adecuadas para seguir la asignatura.
20
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA GESTIÓN DE EMPRESAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103708
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
238
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Business Organization
(Organización de Empresas)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Roberto Sánchez Gómez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
115 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. 3329
21
Objectives
This subject introduces the main concepts in relation to management issues and business
administration. The final objective of the subject is to train the student to learn to think as an
economist.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
The firm: objectives, decisions, resources and functions
Business administration: an interdisciplinary source of knowledge
The environment of the firm
Entrepreneurship and innovation
Types of firms
The management function
The strategic management of the firm
Types of strategies: corporate strategies and competitive strategies
Organizational design and human resource management
Operations management: structural decisions
Operations management: infrastructural decisions
Marketing
The financial function: objectives and decisions
Textbooks
Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas:
Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. ISBN: 9788448183080.
Other references
-
22
ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM IN PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATIONS
(SISTEMA DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE AAPP)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103709
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Cristina Asensio García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
301 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
-
23
Objectives
The aim of this course is to provide students with basic tools for making the adaptation to the
professional profile easier, through a combination of theoretical and practical resources.
Syllabus
Public Administration Accounting. Regulation framework.
Budgetary Regime in Spain.
The General Public Accounting Plan.
Expenditure Budget Accounting.
Revenue Budget Accounting.
Non-financial Fixed Assets Accounting.
Financial Fixed Assets Accounting.
Basic Financing
Non-budgetary Transactions Accounting.
Earmarked Expenditures
Annual Accounts
Information for the Management of Public Administrations
Control and Accountability in Public Administrations
Textbooks
·Isidoro Guzmán Raja, Jose enrique Blasco Leante, Jose Luis Montoya Chinchilla y otros.
Manual de contabilidad pública, adaptado al PGCP 2010 (edición FAURA CASAS)
·Daniel Carrasco Diaz: contabilidad pública. Adaptado al PGCP 2010. ED pirámide, Madrid.
·PGCP 2010.
·Torres Prada L y pina Martinez V (2009) Manual de contabilidad pública, adaptado al plan
de cuentas de la administración local. Centro de estudios financieros, Madrid.
Other references
-
24
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS I
(ESTADÍSTICA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103710
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básic)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mercedes García Sánchez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
(Economía e Historia Económica
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
205 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3514
25
Formative block to which it belongs
Quantitative Methods
Place of the course within the formative block and the curriculum
Economics has a strong quantitative component that requires the knowledge and use of
statistic tools, both in specific courses on quantitative methods and in general courses on
business administration. This course provides the tools to summarize, quantify and analyze
available information, and to identify and quantify in the presence of uncertainty. This course
is therefore strongly recommended prior to Statistics II and Econometrics.
Professional profile
Economist
Recommended background
Basic knowledge of Algebra and Mathematical Analysis.
Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment).
Objectives
•
•
•
•
•
Make the student capable of synthezising and analyzing population information and
comparative analysis.
Ability to apply statistical techniques for economic variables.
Ability to tabulate, graph and summarize economic data, and to interpret and evaluate
results.
Ability to identify contexts of uncertainty and to quantify it.
Ability to use statistical software.
Syllabus
BLOCK 1: DESCRIPTIVE STATÍSTICS
-
LESSON 1: Basic notions
LESSON 2: Univariate Distributions
LESSON 3: Bivariate Distributions
LESSON 4: Index numbers.
BLOCK 2: PROBABILITY
-
LESSON 5: Basic probability concepts
LESSON 6: Random Variables.
26
Teaching methodology
Presential theoretical lectures
Presential practical sessions
- Discussion and resolution of problems and exercises.
- Practical computer lab sessions
- Presential Tutoring sessions
- Individual coursework carried out by the student.
-
References
Basic references for the student
- CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed. Pirámide.
- CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.:Introducción a la Estadística para la
administración y dirección de empresas. Ed. Ramón Areces
- CASAS SANCHEZ, J.M. y otros: Ejercicios de Estadística Descriptiva y probabilidad para
Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide
- CASAS SANCHEZ, J.M. y otros: Ejercicios de Inferencia estadística y muestreo para
- LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Encomia. Ed. McGraw Hill.
- MARTIN PLIEGO, F.J : Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial (Teoría y
ejercicios). Ed. AC
Other references and materials
-
-
ÁLVAREZ SANTOS, C.: Curso del SPPSWIN, Servicio informático de Somosaguas,
Universidad Complutense de Madrid, 2001 (descargable de la página web
http://www.sisoft.ucm.es/Manuales/SPSSV10.pdf).
LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11,
Thomson
PEREZ, C.: Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Ed. Pearson-Prentice Hall
PEREZ, C.: Técnicas estadísticas con SPSS: aplicaciones al análisis de datos. Ed
Pearson-Prentice Hall
Evaluation
General Considerations
The evaluation system is based on:
•
•
Coursework performed by the student, including class participation in lectures,
practical sessions, seminars and individual coursework (leading to a base grade
representing 40% of the final grade)
A final examination (60% of the final grade).
Evaluation criteria
Three written quizzes, around weeks 5, 9 and 13 – depending on the development of the
course -. In some practical sessions a final part could be devoted to the resolution of some
exercise to be handed in for evaluation. The 3 quizzes represent 80% of the base grade, and
exercises the remaining 20%. The final examination consists of theory and practice. A
passing grade requires 5/10 with no single question evaluated with 0 points.
27
Evaluation instruments
-
Written quizzes.
Exercises (solved in class).
Class participation.
Final examination.
Recommendations for evaluation.
The student is encouraged to make every effort to obtain a passing base grade in the
continuous evaluation.
Recommendation for the recuperation
The continuous evaluation cannot be recuperated. The final examination can be recuperated
on the same criteria as the initial evaluation.
28
SECOND YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS I
(MICROECONOMICS I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103711
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Emma Moreno García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
216 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~emmam/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
29
It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics I and
II, and Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory
Objectives
The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly
consumers and firms. These analyses will give to the students a good command of core
concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of relevant economic
problems.
Syllabus
I. The Theory of Consumer Behavior
1. Consumer Behavior.
2. Revealed Preference and Index Numbers.
3. Substitution and income effects.
4. Individual and Market Demand
5. Labor Supply.
6. Intertemporal Choice
7. Consumer Surplus.
8. Choice Under Uncertainty
9. Market Demand.
II. Production Theory
1. Technology.
2. Profits Maximization and Costs Minimization.
3. Production Costs: Costs Curves
4. Perfect Competition
Textbooks
Frank, R.H.: Microeconomía y Conducta. McGraw-Hill. 2005.
Nicholson, W.: Microeconomía Intermedia y sus Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill. 2001.
Pindyck, R.S., Rubinfeld, D.L.: Microeconomía. Prentice Hall. 2003.
Varian, H.R.: Microeconomía Intermedia: Un Enfoque Actual. Antoni Bosch. 2007
Other referentes
Heckner, D., Kretschmer, T.: Don't worry about Micro. Springer. 2008
Se darán referencias y material complementario en Studium o en la página web de la
profesora responsable.
30
ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS I
(MACROECONOMICS I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103712
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
JAVIER PEROTE PEÑA
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
220 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~perote/index.php
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
II, but it is not strictly mandatory.
31
Objectives
1. Understanding the basic macroeconomic concepts and the main macroeconomic
relationships according to simple models and their basic empirical evidence.
2. Understanding how goods markets, financial markets and labour markets work
and how different economic policies affect to equilibrium income, prices and
interest rates.
3. Understanding the link between unemployment and inflation through the Phillips
curve under different assumptions.
4. Understanding the determinants of economic growth in the long-term.
5. Understanding the effects of monetary and fiscal policies under different
assumptions and different time horizons.
Syllabus
INTRODUCTION
1. Introduction.
THE SHORT RUN
2. The Goods Market.
3. Financial Markets.
4. Goods and Financial Markets: The IS-LM Model.
THE LONG RUN
5. The Labour Market
6. Putting all markets together: The AS-AD Model
7. The Natural Rate of Unemployment and The Phillips Curve
8. Inflation, Activity, and Nominal Money Growth
THE LONG RUN
9. The Facts of Growth
10. Saving, Capital Accumulation, and Output
11. Technological Progress and Growth
12. Technological Progress: The Short, Medium, and Long Run
Textbooks
Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomía, 5ª edición, Pearson – Prentice Hall, Madrid,
2012.
Other referentes
Belzunegui, B., Cabrerizo, J., Padilla, R. y Valero, I. Macroeconomía:
Cuestiones y Ejercicios Resueltos. Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2002.
(se entregarán lecturas y listas de ejercicios específicos para cada tema)
32
MATHEMATICS: DECISION AND GAME THEORY
(DECISIÓN Y JUEGOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103713
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Aurora Manrique García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Mª Dolores García Sanz
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
207 and 202 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Previous appointment
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Objectives
•
33
Syllabus
6. Preferences and utility.
7. Expected utility theory.
8. Social decisión making.
9. Games in strategic form and Nash equilibrium.
10. Strictly competitive games.
11. Cooperative games.
Textbooks
J.C. Aguado Franco, “Teoría de la decisión y de los juegos”, Delta Publicaciones 2006.
J. García Aguado, E. Martínez Rodríguez, R. Redondo Palomo y C. del campo Campos,
“Métodos de Decisión, Ejercicios Resueltos”, Prentice Hall, Madrid 2002.
R. Gibbons, “Un primer curso de Teoría de Juegos”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona, 1994.
A. Villar, “Lecciones de Microeconomía”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona, 1999.
Other references
H.S. Bierman y L. Fernández, “Game Theory with Economic Applications”, 2ª Edición,
Addison Wesley, 1998.
M. Córdoba Bueno, “La toma de decisiones en la práctica”, Delta Publicaciones 2004.
P. Dutta, “Strategies and Games”, The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1998.
S. French, “Decision Theory. An Introduction to the Mathematics of Rationality”, Ellis
Horwood, 1988.
R. Gardner, “Juegos para Empresarios y Economistas”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona,
1996.
M. Osborne y A. Rubinstein, “A Course in Game Theory”, The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,
1994.
G. Owen, “Game Theory”, 3ª Edición, Academic Press, 1995.
A. Sen, “Colective Choice and Social Welfare”, Oliver and Boyd, 1970.
34
APPLIED ECONOMICS: WORLD ECONOMY
(ECONOMÍA MUNDIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103714
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
(Economía Aplicada)
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
237
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rafael Bonete Perales
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Wednesday: 11h-13h
Thursday: 11h-13h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 3125
35
Objectives
The goal in this subject is to get the students to learn the main constraints in the
international economic environment. In order to achieve this task, firstly, the most
important features of such environment will be analyzed. Secondly, the value of
international cooperation will be stressed through different real world examples. In the
third place, students will acquire knowledge about the structural changes linked to
economic growth. Finally, we highlight, with the help of various economic integration
processes, the importance of such a phenomenon at a global level. Furthermore, students
will eventually attain the skills to handle and manage top-level data and literature
sources in order to make research about aggregates on world economy and reach
significant findings related to the features and development of world economy together
with the challenges and prospects it faces.
Syllabus
PART I. FEATURES OF WORLD ECONOMY Lecture 1. Economic integration Lecture 2. Globalization of the economy Lecture 3. Neo‐protectionism Lecture 4. The north‐south gap Lecture 5. Sustainable development PART II. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC COOPERATION Lecture 6. International economic organizations PARTE III. ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION Lecture 7. World population Lecture 8. Agriculture Lecture 9. Manufacturing industries Lecture 10. Energy Lecture 11. Services PART IV. PROCESSES OF ECONOMIC INTEGRATION Lecture 12. Existing experiences of economic integration in the OECD Lecture 13. Existing experiences of economic integration in less developed countries 36
Textbooks
Jose Antonio Alonso (Director), Lecciones de Economía Mundial, Thomson- Civitas.
J. Tugores, Economía Internacional. Globalización e integración regional, McGrawHill.
Other referentes
Sucesivos Indices de Desarrollo Humano con sus correspondientes temas monográficos.
37
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS II
(ESTADÍSTICA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103715
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
237
Year
(Curso)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Cristobal Rojas Montoya
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
210 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3158
38
Economics has a strong quantitative component that requires the knowledge and use of
statistic tools, both in specific courses on quantitative methods and in general economics
courses. This course provides the tools to quantify uncertainty through probability
distributions, and methods to reach conclusions about a population based on a sample. It is
therefore strongly recommended prior to other courses, especially Econometrics I and
Econometrics II.
Professional profile.
Economist
Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis and Statistics I.
Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment)
Objectives
•
•
•
Recognize the different uncertainty frameworks that originate the existing variety of
probability distributions.
Predict behavior and population characteristics based on a sample.
Syllabus
LESSON 1: Discrete probability distributions
LESSON 2: Continuous probability distributions
LESSON 3: Convergence of random variables
BLOCK 2: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
LESSON 4: Sampling and sampling distributions
LESSON 5: Point estimation
LESSON 6: Interval estimation
LESSON 7: Parametric hypothesis testing
LESSON 8: Non parametric hypothesis testing
39
Presential theoretical lectures
Presential practical sessions
- Discussion and resolution of problems and exercises.
- Practical computer lab sessions
- Presential Tutoring sessions
- Individual coursework carried out by the student.
-
References
- CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed Pirámide.
- CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.: Introducción a la Estadística para la
- LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Economía. Ed. McGraw Hill.
- ÁLVAREZ SANTOS, C.: Curso del SPPSWIN, Servicio informático de Somosaguas,
Universidad Complutense de Madrid (descargable de la página web
- LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11,
Thomson
- PEREZ, C.: Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Ed. Pearson-Prentice Hall
- PEREZ, C.: Técnicas estadísticas con SPSS: aplicaciones al análisis de datos. Ed
Evaluation
General Considerations
The evaluation system is based on:
•
•
Coursework performed by the student, including class participation in lectures,
practical sessions, seminars and individual coursework (leading to a base grade
representing 40% of the final grade)
A final examination (60% of the final grade).
Evaluation criteria
Three written quizzes, around weeks 5, 9 and 13 – depending on the development of the
course -. In some practical sessions a final part could be devoted to the resolution of some
exercise to be handed in for evaluation. The 3 quizzes represent 80% of the base grade, and
exercises the remaining 20%. The final examination consists of theory and practice. A
passing grade requires 5/10 with no single question evaluated with 0 points.
40
-
Written quizzes.
Exercises (solved in class).
Class participation.
Final examination.
Recommendations for evaluation.
41
SECOND YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS II
(MICROECONOMICS II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103716
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Emma Moreno García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
216 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~emmam/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
42
II, and Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory
Objectives
The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents in the context
of different types of market competition. These analyses will give to the students a good
command of key economic tools to think as an economist.
Syllabus
I. Partial Equilibrium
1. Partial Equilibrium in Competitive Markets
2. Monopoly
3. Price Determination and Market Power: Price Discrimination.
4. Monopsony
5. Production Factors Markets
6. Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
7. Introduction to Game Theory
8. Equilibrium in Oligopolistic Markets
II. General Equilibrium
1. General Equilibrium under Pure Exchange
2. General Equilibrium with Production
3. Introduction to Market Failures
Textbooks
Frank, R.H.: Microeconomía y Conducta. McGraw-Hill. 2005.
Nicholson, W.: Microeconomía Intermedia y sus Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill. 2001
Pindyck, R.S., Rubinfeld, D.L.: Microeconomía. Prentice Hall. 2003.
Varian, H.R.: Microeconomía Intermedia: Un Enfoque Actual. Antoni Bosch. 2007.
Other references
Aliprantis,C.D.,Chakrabarti, S.K.:Games and Decision Making. Oxford University Press.1999.
Pashigian, B.P.: Teoría de los Precios y Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill, 1977.
Se darán referencias y material complementario en Studium o en la página web de la
profesora responsable.
43
ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS II
(MACROECONOMICS II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103717
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
JAVIER PEROTE PEÑA
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
220 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~perote/index.php
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
II, but it is not strictly mandatory.
44
Objectives
1. Understanding the relevance of rational expectations in macroeconomic models
and their implications on the effects of different economic policies.
2. Understanding how open economies work in the short and the medium run and
under fixed and flexible exchange rates.
3. Understanding ‘extreme’ macroeconomic problems as depressions and
hyperinflation, and the impact of economic policies in such situations.
4. Understanding the determinants of economic growth in the long-term.
Understanding the effects of monetary and fiscal policies under different
assumptions about expectations, different time horizons, and the explicit
modelling of strategic behaviour of economic agents.
Syllabus
I. EXPECTATIONS
Expectations: The Basic Tools
Financial Markets and Expectations
Expectations, Consumption, and Investment
Expectations, Output, and Policy
II. THE OPEN ECONOMY
Openness in Goods and Financial Markets
The Goods Market in an Open Economy
Output, the Interest Rate, and the Exchange Rate
Exchange Rate Regimes
III. PATHOLOGIES
Depressions and Slumps
High inflation
IV. BACK TO POLICY
Uncertainty and macroeconomic policy
Expectations and macroeconomic policy
Game theory and macroeconomic policy
V. THE STORY OF MACROECONOMICS
45
Textbooks
Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomía, 5ª edición, Pearson – Prentice Hall, Madrid,
2012.
Other references
Belzunegui, B., Cabrerizo, J., Padilla, R. y Valero, I. Macroeconomía: Cuestiones y Ejercicios
Resueltos. Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2002.
(se entregarán lecturas y listas de ejercicios específicos para cada tema)
46
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS I
(ECONOMETRÍA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103718
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Antonio Ortega Osona
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
233 (FES Building)
Office Hours
See web page
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~jaortega/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3572
47
The course contributes to the acquisition of specific and transversal competencies on
“Quantitative Methods”, themselves an integral part of the curriculum
Economist
Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis, Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I
and Macroeconomics I. Basic computer knowledge (windows environment).
Objectives
-
Learning econometric methods for data analysis. Their application is basic for economic
policy making in the private and public sectors.
To develop the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those most
suited to the analysis in a specific context.
Learn to apply the econometric methods studied in an empirical context, keeping a
critical mind in evaluating uncertainty associated to the results.
To develop the ability to evaluate the results of econometric analysis, starting to carry
out empirical research to obtain such results.
Establish a basic capability to develop alternative econometric methods adapted to the
empirical context at hand.
Develop the ability to use econometric software.
Syllabus
-
The problem in Econometric Analysis
The econometric model
Properties of estimators.
Principles and properties of hypothesis testing
Factible econometric models.
48
– Introductory activities (under the guidance of the professor)
– Theoretical activitities (under guidance of the professor):
Classroom Lectures
– Practical guided activities (under guidance of the professor):
Classroom practical activities
Computer lab
Seminars/Tutorship (Personalized attention, under guidance of the professor)
– Individual complementary practice (by the student):
Recommended reading.
Problem sets, exercises and analysis
Algebraic manipulation / theorem proofs.
References
Hendry, D.F. y B. Nielsen (2007), Econometric Modeling: A Likelihood. Oxford: Princeton
University Press.
Wooldridge, J.M. (2006), Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. New York:
Thomson.
OxMetrics
(Econometric
software
freely
http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html).
EViews (Econometric software available in the Computer lab)
available
at
Evaluation
General consideration
The course requires an average of 150 hours (6 ECTS), 45 hours (30%) correspond to
presential time in the classroom and compulsory interaction with the professor, and 105 hours
(70%) to individual work by the student.
Evaluation criteria
A continuous evaluation system is in place that gives a 40% weight to the student course
work (base grade) and 60% to a final examination
Attendance to the lectures is compulsory and is therefore not part of the final evaluation.
The student is required to have attended at least 80% of the lectures and activities in order to
be evaluated.
The base grade will be available before the final examination. A mínimum of 4/10 is required
in the final examination to obtain a passing grade.
- Written problem sets and exercises.
- Class quizzes.
49
- Class participation.
- Final examination.
Recommendation for evaluation
50
APPLIED ECONOMICS: SPANISH ECONOMY
(ECONOMÍA ESPAÑOLA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103719
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
237
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
JOSÉ MARÍA ELENA IZQUIERDO
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Monday: 11.00-13.00
Tuesday: 10.00-11.00 and 13.00-14.00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 1653
51
Objectives
The main goal of the subject is to provide the student with the tools to realize deep analysis on
the Spanish economic state and on its recent developments. It studies the defining features of
the principal economic sectors and markets in current Spain so as the economic policies that
shape them. As an instrument, students will learn how to understand and handle the main data
banks at different levels of aggregation (industry, sectorial or macroeconomic) in order to treat
the data, summarize them and clearly expose their conclusions.
Syllabus
The syllabus is divided in three parts.
I.
INTRODUCTION
Lecture 1. Measuring Spanish economic activity. Real activity: GDP, Disposable
Income, volume indexes. Measuring inflation: CPI. Labor market: labor market data.
Foreign sector: the balance of payments. Monetary and financial figures. Other
statistical indicators.
Lecture 2. Spanish economic growth and development. Stages of Spanish
economic growth. Sources of economic growth. Economic growth and
development. Natural and human resources. Physical capital and technology.
II. SPANISH ECONOMIC STRUCTURE
Lecture 3. Agriculture. Introduction. Stages. Specialization. Productive efficiency.
The Common Agrarian Policy.
Lecture 4. Manufacturing. Introduction. Definitions and stages. Structure and
specialization. Productive efficiency. Industrial policy.
Lecture 5. Energy. Introduction. Delimitation. Structure and specialization.
Productive efficiency. Energy policy.
Lecture 6. Construction. Introduction. Divisions and delimitation. Historic
Development. The housing market. Policies and infrastructures.
Lecture 7. Services. Definitions and stages. Structure and specialization.
Productive efficiency. Economic policies in services branch.
III. ECONOMIC POLICY
Lecture 8. Income distribution. Introduction. Functional distribution. Personal
income distribution. Regional income distribution. Poverty in Spain.
Lecture 9. Microeconomic policies. Introduction. Theoretical foundations.
Commercial distribution. Network markets: transport and communications.
Technological innovation.
Lecture 10. Macroeconomic policies. Introduction. Monetary policy. Fiscal policy.
Exchange policy.
52
Textbooks
GARCÍA DELGADO, J.L. Y MYRO, R. (COORD.) Y OTROS (2011): Lecciones de economía española,
10ª ed., Ed. Thomson-Civitas.
CUADRADO ROURA, J.R., (DIR.) Y OTROS (2009): Política Económica. Elaboración,
objetivos e instrumentos, 4ªed., Ed. McGraw-Hill
MARTÍN MAYORAL, FERNANDO (COORD.) Y OTROS (2009): Manual de Economía Española.
Teoría y estructura, 1ª ed., Pearson.
VALLÉS FERRER, J. (DIR.) Y OTROS (2009): Economía Española, 2ª ed., Ed. McGraw-Hill
Other references
-
53
APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC FINANCE I
(HACIENDA PÚBLICA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103720
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Pablo Gutiérrez Junquera
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
Extension: 1692
54
Objectives
To introduce the student in the analysis and evaluation of the public intervention in the
economy identifying questions of equity and efficiency that give rationale to such
intervention and the different public policies.
Syllabus
I. Introduction Lecture 1. State and public financing. Rationale for the State intervention based on
efficiency and equity. Public accounting. Historic trends of public expenditure and
revenue.
Lecture 2. Efficiency and Economic Welfare. Concept and measure of Economic
Welfare in markets. Social Welfare and Economic Welfare.
Lecture 3. Public intervention and equity: equity criteria. Public intervention based on
equity. Social Welfare and equity. The equity justification for the intervention in
education, healthcare and social benefits.
II. Efficiency and market failures Lecture 4. Imperfect competition. Welfare loss in the monopoly. Public intervention in
monopolies.
Lecture 5. Public goods. Definition of public goods. Market failure in public goods.
Efficient provision: public vs. private. Problems for the efficient provision of public
goods. Collective choice and voting.
Lecture 6. Externalities: definition and categories. Inefficiency stemming from
externalities. Public and private solutions. Commons.
Lecture 7. Efficiency in public sector performance. Cost-Benefit analysis. Comparative
efficiency among public agencies. Average expected behavior and frontier analysis.
Efficiency and management.
Lecture 8. Social choice.
III. Public revenues Lecture 9. Public revenues: classification. Basic elements in a tax. Spanish fiscal
system. Real and legal progressiveness. Tax incidence. General principles of taxation.
Equity, efficiency, simplicity, sufficiency and flexibility.
Lecture 10. Personal income tax. Taxable income. Regular and non-regular income.
Taxable unit. Inflation and income tax. Tax base and deductions. Progressiveness.
Deductions in the tax liability. Outline of the Spanish personal income tax. Economic
effects. Reforming personal income tax.
Lecture 11. Corporate tax and tax on wealth. Rationale for the corporate tax. Outline of
corporate tax and economic effects. Rationale for the tax on wealth. Different wealth
taxation in Spanish fiscal system.
Lecture 12. Indirect taxation. Excise taxes. Single-phase and multi-phase indirect
taxation. Sales taxation and value added tax.
55
Textbooks
- Albi, González y Zubiri: Economía Pública, I y II. Editorial Ariel; 3ª edición. Barcelona,
2009.
- Bustos, Antonio: Lecciones de Hacienda Pública. 5ª edición. Editorial Colex. Madrid,
2010.
- Gutiérrez Junquera, Pablo: Curso de Hacienda Pública. 2ª edición. Universidad de
Salamanca.
- Costa, Mercé y otros: Teoría Básica de los Impuestos: un enfoque económico. Ed.
Thomson-Cívitas. 2ª edición. Madrid, 2005.
- Stiglitz, J.E.: La Economía del Sector Público. 3ª edición. Antoni Bosch Ed. Barcelona,
2002.
Other references
Materiales adicionales se pondrán a disposición en Studium.
56
THIRD YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS III
(MACROECONOMICS III)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103721
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Ramón J. Torregrosa
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
220 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~rtorregr/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
57
It is highly recommended to have a good command of Microeconomics I and II, and
Mathematical Analysis, Algebra and Statistics, but it is not strictly mandatory.
Objectives
1. Understanding the economic roots of current social and political problems.
2. Using properly basic economic concepts.
problems.
4. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis.
Syllabus
1. Welfare Theorems
2. Externalities
3. Public Goods
4. Choice under Uncertainty
5. Asymmetric Information
Textbooks
Microeconomía. R.S. Pindyck and D.L. Rubinfeld, Prentice Hall.
Other references
Microeconomía Intermedia. H. Varian. Antoni Bosch Editor.
58
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS II
(ECONOMETRÍA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103722
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
237
Year
(Curso)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rebeca Jiménez Rodríguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Julia Campos Fernández
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
See web page
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~rebeca.jimenez/
E-mail
rebeca.jimenez@usal.
es
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3514
59
Economist
Required knowledge of algebra, mathematical analysis, statistics, economics and basic
econometrics.
It is recommended to have previously passed courses on Algebra, Mathematical Analysis,
Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I and II, Macroeconomics I and II, and Econometrics I.
Basic computer knowledge recommended (Windows environment).
Objectives
-
-
To deepen knowledge of econometric methods for data analysis. Their application is
basic for economic policy making in the private and public sectors.
To strengthen the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those
most suited to the analysis in a specific context, keeping a critical mind in evaluating
uncertainty associated to the results.
Establish a basic capability to develop alternative econometric methods adapted to the
empirical context at hand.
Extend the ability to use econometric software for the new methods studied.
Syllabus
-
SUMMARY CONTENT
Econometric techniques for limited dependent variables.
Econometric techniques for panel data.
Joint modelling of time series data.
Identification.
60
Classroom Lectures
Computer lab
References
C. Hsiao (2007). Analysis of Panel Data. Cambridge University Press.
M. Verbeek (2004). A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Wiley & Sons.
Thomson.
Wooldridge, J.M. (2010). Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data Modeling.
The MIT Press.
Software
OxMetrics
(Econometric
software
http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html).
freely
available
at
Evaluation
Evaluation criteria
be evaluated.
61
- Class quizzes.
62
APPLIED ECONOMICS: ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
(DESARROLLO Y CRECIMIENTO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103723
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo Llorente
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Monday: 18h-20h
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/bustillo
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
Extension: 3125
63
Objectives
To provide students with the initial knowledge about less developed countries features. The
student will learn how to analyze as much the development mechanisms as the main policies
and strategies of development applied in the past and currently.
More in detail:
‐ Learning the changing evolution of economies in the long run
‐
Learning the main variables affecting economic growth from different theoretical views.
‐
Learning the different ways development process is seen throughout history by studying
the prominent economic literature on that issue.
‐
Working with development indicators
‐
Working with data banks on economic development
The ability to perform historic and present situation research concerning less developed
countries.
Syllabus
‐
Stylized facts of economic growth
‐
Introduction to theories of economic growth
‐
Features of developed
‐
Income distribution and development
‐
The role of capital investment
‐
Agriculture and development
‐
Natural resources and development
‐
The role of international trade
‐
Demography and economic development
‐
The role of institutions
64
Textbooks
Banco Mundial. Informe sobre el Desarrollo Mundial. Varios años.
Easterly W. (2001) En busca d crecimiento. Andanzas y tribulaciones de los economistas del
desarrollo A. Bosch. Barcelona.
Muñoz de Bustillo, R. (2005) “Cincuenta años de políticas de desarrollo económico: situación
y perspectivas”. Principios. Estudios de Economía Política, vol.1, pp. 115-131.
Ray. D. (1998) Desarrollo Económico A. Bosch. Barcelona.
Sen A. (2000) Libertad y Desarrollo. Planeta. Barcelona.
Thirlwall A. P. (2005) Growth and Development. With Special Reference to Developing
Economies. Palgrave Macmillan. London.
UNDP Informe sobre el Desarrollo Humano. Varios años.
Other references
En las presentaciones de clase se ofrecerán las referencias específicas de cada tema.
- BANCO MUNDIAL: http://www.worldbank.org/
- PORTAL DE TEMAS DE DESARROLLO DEL INSTITUTE FOR DEVELOPMENT STUDIES
DE SUSSEX: http://www.ids.ac.uk/ids/researchgateway/agriculture.html
- ORGANIZACION DE NACIONES UNIDAS (ONU). Portal de acceso:
http://www.unsystem.org
- UNICEF (FONDO DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS PARA LA INFANCIA):
http://www.unicef.org
- OMS (ORGANIZACIÓN MUNDIAL DE LA SALUD): http://www.who.org
- OIT(ORGANIZACIÓN INTERNACIONAL DEL TRABAJO): http://www.ilo.org
- OMC(ORGANIZACIÓN MUNDIAL DEL COMERCIO) Y UNTACD (CONFERENCIA DE LAS
NACIONES UNIDAS PARA EL COMERCIO Y EL DESARROLLO):
http://www.intracen.org/http://www.wto.org
- UNFPA (FONFO DE LA NACIONES UNIDAS PARA LA POBLACION):
http://www.unfpa.org
- UNDP (PROGRAMA PARA EL DESARROLLO DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS):
http://www.undp.org
65
APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC FINANCE II
(HACIENDA PÚBLICA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103724
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Francisco Javier Braña Pino
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
Extension: 1607
66
Objectives
This subject offers a detailed analysis the theoretical and conceptual tools that support
public sector intervention in the economy by learning its role in market economies using
factual data.
Syllabus
I.
Public budget and policies. 1. Public budget: classic approach and crisis. 2. Budgetary structures and schemes. 3. Macroeconomic issues in public policies. II. Multi‐tiered public sector. 4. State functions in a multi‐tiered public sector 5. Fiscal autonomy 6. International public finance and economic integration III. Analysis of public expenditures 7. Public expenditure dynamics 8. Analysis of public spending programs 9. National defense 10. Health care 11. Social Security 12. Income redistribution and social protection programs 13. Anti‐poverty programs 14. Education References (in Spanish)
Textbooks
- Albi, González y Zubiri: Economía Pública, I y II. Editorial Ariel; 3ª edición. Barcelona,
2009.
- Álvarez, Fernando, Corona, Juan F. y Díaz, Amelia: Economía Pública. Una introducción.
Ariel. Barcelona, 2007.
- Braña, F. J.: “Descentralización y eficiencia. Los límites del federalismo económico”.
Mediterráneo Económico, nº 10, 2006. Fundación Cajamar.
- Bustos, Antonio: Lecciones de Hacienda Pública. 5ª edición. Editorial Colex. Madrid,
2010.
67
- Stiglitz, J.E.: La Economía del Sector Público. 3ª edición. Antoni Bosch Ed. Barcelona,
2002.
Other references
Presentaciones de los temas en el portal Studium.
68
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION
(PRINCIPIOS DE ORGANIZACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103725
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jose David Vicente Lorente
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
117 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
http://www.usalempresa.es
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. 3002
69
Objectives
This subject provides the student with the skills necessary to identify the basic characteristics of
the problem of organizing and physical and human resources in order to develop economic
activities and being able to solve organizational design problems according to the context and
the nature of the problems.
Syllabus
Part I. Introduction to organizational economics
1. The economic problem: basic assumptions and solutions
2. Markets and organizations
3. The firm as a nexus of contracts
Part II. Organizational design
4. Coordination mechanisms: the team
5. Coordination and conflict: the coalition
6. Vertical specialization: the employment relationship
7. Delegating decision making: the agency relationship
Textbooks
Salas Fumás, V. (1996): “Economía de la Empresa: Decisiones y Organización”, Ed. Ariel, 2ª
edición, Barcelona.
Other references
Brickley, A., Smith C.W. y Zimmerman, J. L. (1997): “Managerial Economics and
Organizational Architecture”, Ed. Irwing, Chicago.
Douma, S. y H. Schreuder (1998): “Economic Approaches to Organizations”, 2ª ed.,
Prentice Hall, London.
Milgrom, P. y Roberts, J. (1992): “Economía, Organización y Gestión de la
Empresa”, Ed. Ariel, Barcelona
Putterman, L. (ed.) (1994): “La Naturaleza Económica de la Empresa. Alianza”,
Madrid.
70
Rasmusen, E. (1989): “Juegos e Información”, Ed. Fondo de Cultura Económica,
México.
Serra, A. (1993): “La Empresa. Análisis Económico”, Ed. Labor, Madrid
Sutherland, S. (1996): “La irracionalidad: el enemigo interior”, Alianza Editorial,Madrid.
71
THIRD YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS III
(MACROECONOMICS III)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103726
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Miguel Ángel Malo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
218 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~malo/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
72
It is highly recommended to have a good command of Macroeconomics I and II, and
Econometrics I, but it is not strictly mandatory.
Language: Working language is Spanish. However, there will be references and some
readings in English.
Objectives
1. Using properly microeconomic foundations of macroeconomic models.
2. Understanding how the main macroeconomic models can be used for real
problems.
3. Using statistical information related with the main macroeconomic problems.
Syllabus
I. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Intertemporal Choice.
1. Intertemporal Choice: The private sector.
2. Intertemporal Choice: The public sector. Ricardian Equivalence
II. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Labour Market and Aggregate Supply
3. The Lucas Model. Intertemporal Substitution.
4. Search Theory. Insider-Outsider Models.
III. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Consumption and Aggregate Demand
5. Permanent Income and Life Cycle Theories. Liquidity Restrictions. Precautionary
saving.
IV. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Investment and Aggregate Demand
6. The user cost of capital. The Accelerator Principle.
7. The q-Theory of Investment
V. Monetary Economy.
8. The Existence of Money. Money’s Demand.
9. Monetary Policy. Dynamic Inconsistency. The Independence of Central Banks.
10. Interaction between Monetary and Fiscal Policies. The Public Debt Sustainability.
Textbooks
García de Paso, I. (1999): Macroeconomía Superior, Editorial Pirámide, Madrid.
Novales, A. y Sebastián, C. (1999): Análisis Macroeconómico, Volumen I,
Editorial Marcial Pons, Madrid.
Romer, D. (2006): Macroeconomía Avanzada, 3ª edición, Editorial McGraw Hill,
Madrid.
73
Other references
DATOS:
Página web del Instituto Nacional de Estadística: http://www.ine.es
Página web del Banco de España: http://www.bde.es
Página web de la OCDE: http://www.oecd.org
Página
web
de
EUROSTAT:
http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/portal/page/portal/eurostat/home/
Página web del Bureau of Economic Analysis del Departamento de Gobierno de
Estados Unidos: http://www.bea.gov/
74
ECONOMIC HISTORY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
(HISTORIA DEL PENSAMIENTO ECONÓMICO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103727
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mar Cebrian Villar
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
232 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday and Tuesday: 11:00-12:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3179
75
Objectives
1. Learn, work and study the economic thought before and after the Industrial Revolution
with respect to theories and models listed:
- The scarcity and resource allocation, the price system, theory of consumption
and production, competitive balance, non-competitive markets, economic
efficiency and welfare theory.
- Alternative models of income determination in an open economy, money,
inflation, unemployment, growth and economic policy instruments. Strengths
and limitations of the models.
- Basic theory of the firm.
- Microeconomic models, industrial economy, markets imperfectly competitive,
corporations and economic regulation.
- Models of macroeconomic growth and economic development, urban and
regional economics.
- International economy: international trade as a determinant of resource
allocation and macroeconomic stability. Economic integration. Economic
development
- Public Economics: nature, justification and objectives of public sector
intervention in the economy, public finance, taxation, social services, health,
education, pensions, etc. The development of economic policies.
2.
Ability to read carefully and interpret texts from a variety of eras and traditions, contextsensitive
Syllabus
1. The origins of political economy: the School of Salamanca and the Mercantilism
2. The foundations of classical economics: population and labor, technological change, and
international trade
3. Review and refinement of classical economics: the Marginalist Revolution to the Neoclassical
Tradition
4. The modern Monetarism: Milton Friedman
5. Criticisms of the Neoclassical Theory: The theory of the business cycle, the ruptures of
institutionalism and Keynesian thinking (Schumpeter, Veblen, and Keynes)
6. The heterodox economic thought
Textbooks
Robert B. Ekelund y Robert F. Hebert: Historia de la teoría económica y de su método,
McGraw-Hill, Madrid, 1991.
Ingrid H. RIMA: Desarrollo del Análisis Económico. Madrid, Irwin, 1995
Other references
Roger Backhouse: Historia del análisis económico moderno, Alianza, Madrid, 1988
Además de los libros citados, especialmente los de Ekelund-Hebert y de Rima, para el
período contemporáneo son una buena guía los siguientes:
Barbé, LL.: El curso de la economía. Grandes escuelas, autores y temas del discurso
76
económico. Barcelona, Ariel, 1996. B.B. Seligman:
Principales corrientes de la ciencia económica moderna (El pensamiento económico después
de 1870). Barcelona, Oikos Tau, 1967, de clara orientación institucionalista.
E. Roll: Historia de las doctrinas económicas. FCE, México 2002. Ernesto Screpanti y
Stefano Zamagni: Panorama de historia del pensamiento económico, Ariel, Barcelona,1997.
Heilbroner, R.-Milberg, W.: La crisis de visión en el pensamiento económico moderno.
Barcelona, Paidos (Muy deficiente traducción, lo que también ocurre a otro nivel con los
libros citados de RIMA y BLAUG).
Más recientemente, se pueden hallar varios materiales en Crítica a la economía ortodoxa.
Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Bellaterra, 2004.
Luis Angel Rojo: Ensayos de Economía y pensamiento económico. Universidad de Alicante,
Valencia, 2004. (Muy útil para Marx. Veblen y Keynes)
77
APPLIED ECONOMICS: SPANISH PUBLIC SECTOR
(SECTOR PÚBLICO ESPAÑOL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103728
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
Extension: 1607
78
Objectives
This subject studies the Spanish public sector applying tools acquired in Public Finance I and II.
More specifically it focuses on public budget, regional and local public finances, macroeconomic
issues of the tax system (the main elements of which were studied in the subject “Tax Law”),
public spending structure, public corporations, and the economic effects of Spanish public sector
activity.
Syllabus
1. The Spanish public sector
2. General Government Budget (I)
3. General Government Budget (II)
4. Spanish fiscal system: an overview
5. Regional finance (I)
6. Regional finance (II)
7. Historic development and structure of public expenditures
8. Spanish public corporations
9. The impact of public sector activity on the economy.
Textbooks
- Argimón, Gómez, Hernández y Martí: El sector de las administraciones públicas en
España. Banco de España, Servicio de Estudios. Estudios Económicos nº 68. Madrid, 1999.
(Versión electrónica en www.bde.es/informes/be/sazul/azul68.pdf).
- Braña Pino, Francisco Javier: Los Presupuestos Generales del Estado. Documentos de
Trabajo del Departamento de Economía Aplicada. Universidad de Salamanca, 2010. (Versión
electrónica en Studium).
- Fernando Martín (Editor): “Sector Público Español”. Manual de Economía Española
(Teoría y estructura). Capítulo 6. Ed. Person. Madrid, 2009.
- Cantarero, David: “Descentralización y financiación autonómica”. Información Comercial
Española,
nº
828,
Enero-Febrero
2006.
(Accesible
electrónicamente
en
http://www.revistasice.com).
- Gámir, L.: “La empresa pública en España: pasado, presente y futuro”. Información
Comercial Española, nº 826, noviembre de 2005. (Versión electrónica en
www.revistasice.com/).
- Gonzalo, L.: El sector público en España: el sujeto y el campo de actividad financiera
pública: régimen presupuestario de las Administraciones Públicas. (3ª Ed.). Dykinson.
Madrid, 2005.
79
- Hernández de Cos. P.: Empresa pública, privatización y eficiencia. Banco de España,
Servicio de Estudios. Estudios Económicos nº 75, 2004. (Versión electrónica en
http://www.bde.es/informes/be/sazul/azul75.pdf).
- Navarro, V. (Editor): La situación Social de España. Volumen III. Biblioteca Nueva, 2009.
Other references
Presentaciones de los temas en el portal Studium.
80
APPLIED ECONOMICS: EUROPEAN UNION ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103729
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Miguel Angel Hernández Martín
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phon
e
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
81
Objectives
In general terms, the objective is to learn about the importance and consequences of the
European Union (EU) in the economic policy design in our country. These effects might be
visible not only in the conditioning on fiscal policies (art. 135 Spanish Constitution) but also in
the regulatory design in specific economic branches that are subject to harmonization
requirements stemming from the single market, the monetary union and the strategic goals of
the EU.
The subject attempts to deepen into the theoretical rationale of the economic and monetary
integration as much as to offer an overview of the EU’s institutional framework, the main policies
and their most recent changes.
Syllabus
Lecture 1. General introduction. Facts and figures about the EU. Economic integration theory:
models and benefits of integration. International economic integration. The EU as a singular
model of integration.
Lecture 2. Historic development of the EU. From the origins to current situation: stages and
difficulties in the European shaping. Economic crisis and European crisis: Europe 2020 growth
strategy and recent proposals.
Lecture 3. Institutions and legal aspects. Main European institutions, advisory bodies and
agencies. Legal acts and ordinary legislative procedures.
Lecture 4. Community budget. The EU and fiscal federalism. Revenue and spending in the
community budget. Fiscal balances and the pending budgetary reform: financial prospects for
2014-2020.
Lecture 5. Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and common fishing policy. Rationale for
the CAP and historic development. Continuous reform and current state. Fishing policy:
rationale and goals.
Lecture 6. Regional policy. Regional income distribution. Rationale and tools for the regional
policy. Assessment and future of the regional policy.
Lecture 7. Single market and competition. Economic growth, scale economies and the rest
of benefits from market unity. The single market as an incomplete project. Competition policy.
Lecture 8. European monetary integration. The theory of monetary integration. Fiscal policy
in a monetary union. The European Monetary Union (EMU): backgrounds and current crisis.
Lecture 9. Social policy and sectorial policies harmonization. The discussion about the EU
social policy. Labor force mobility. Migratory policy. Energy and environment. Common trade
policy.
Lecture 10. Crisis and prospects for the European Union. Reinforcing the Stability and
Growth Pact. The Six-Pack and the excessive macroeconomic imbalances. The European
Stability Mechanism treaty and the future of the European Union.
82
Textbooks
Manuales de referencia:
Artis, Michael John; Frederick I. Nixson. 2007. The economics of the European Union. Oxford
(England): Oxford University Press.
Baldwin, Richard E.; Charles Wyplosz. 2012. The economics of European Integration. New
York: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
El-Agraa, A. M. 2011. The European Union: economics and policies. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Jordaìn Galduf, Josep María; Isidro AntunÞano Maruri. 2008. Economiìa de la Unioìn
Europea. [Madrid]: Thomson Civitas.
Lelieveldt, Herman, and Sebastiaan Princen. 2011. The politics of the European Union.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
MunÞoz de Bustillo Llorente, Rafael; Rafael Bonete Perales. 2009. Introduccioìn a la Unioìn
Europea: un anaìlisis desde la economiìa. Madrid: Alianza.
Staab, Andreas. 2011. The European Union explained: institutions, actors, global impact.
Bloomington, Ind: Indiana University Press.
Other references
Se sugerirán en clase para cada tema.
Con carácter general se recomienda acceder a la información disponible en las páginas web
oficiales de la Unión Europea.
83
FISCAL LAW: FISCAL LAW
(DERECHO TRIBUTARIO)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103730
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Financiero y Tributario
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Administrativo, Procesal, y Financiero-Tributario
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
84
ECONOMIC ADMINISTRATIVE LAW: ECONOMIC ADMINISTRATIVE LAW
(DERECHO ADMINISTRATIVO ECONÓMICO)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103731
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Administrativo Económico
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
85
FOURTH YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ANÁLISIS ECONÓMICO DE DATOS
(ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF DATA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103733
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rebeca Jimenez Rodriguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Economics and Business.
Office
(Despacho)
212 (FES Building).
Office Hours
See web page.
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~rebeca.jimenez/
E-mail
rebeca.jimenez@usal
.es
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3514
86
Objectives
To strengthen the students abilities to choose and apply techniques for the econometric
analysis of economic data.
Syllabus
Empirical applications of techniques for econometric modelling of limited dependent variables
and panel data.
Empirical applications of techniques for econometric modelling of time series data.
Textbooks
Baltagi, B.H. (2008). Econometric Analysis of Panel Data. Wiley.
Hamilton, J. (1994). Time Series Analysis. Princeton.
Verbeek, M. (2012). A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Wiley. UK.
Wooldridge, J.M. (2010). Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. Cambridge.
The MIT Press.
Other references
Software EViews .
87
ECONOMIC THEORY: ECONOMIC MODELLING
(MODELIZACIÓN ECONÓMICA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103734
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Fundamentos de Análisis Económico
Department
(Departamento)
Economía e Historia Económica
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Emma Moreno García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Fundamentos del Análisis Económico
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
216
Office Hours
Please send an email to [email protected]
URL Web
E-mail
https://moodle.usal.es
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
88
Objectives
This course aims to increase and deepen different concepts and models on several issues on
economic theory. Moreover, one of the main objectives is to relate subjects that have been
studied in previous courses.
Program
The program consists of a list of readings joint with their presentations. Chapters of books and
academic articles on economic theory have to be studied and presented by the students. Every
week the participants in the course have to do homework which will be part of the evaluation.
Textbooks
Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., Green, J.R.: Microeconomic Theory. New
York, Oxford. Oxford University Press. 1995.
Varian, H.R.: Análisis Microeconómico. Barcelona. Antoni Bosch. 1986.
Other references
The articles and other references that have to be studied will be provided at the beginning of
the course.
89
APPLIED ECONOMICS: ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION
(ECONOMÍA DE LA EDUCACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103735
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
2010
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
APPLIED ECONOMICS
Department
(Departamento)
APPLIED ECONOMICS
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
AGUSTÍN GARCÍA LASO
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
APPLIED ECONOMICS
Área
(Área)
APPLIED ECONOMICS
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
141 Faculty of Law
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
1693
90
Objectives
The Economics of Education is a specilialized field of study that applies the principles of
economics to education. The aim is a multidisciplinar and comparative approach through the
main statistics available (OECD, EU). Economics of education covers several areas such as
funding of education, educational costs, cost-benefit analysis or the role of the government in
the education. Also, the education plays a central role in modern labor markets.
The students must read some lectures about this subject.
Syllabus
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
Introduction. 1. Historical evolution of the Economics of Education. 2. Education and
growth. 3. Economic analysis of the education. 4. Statistical sources.
The theory of human capital.- 1. Main concepts. 2. Educational costs. 3. Returns of
education.
Market and government in education. 1. The role of market in education. 2. Private
fundings of education. 3. The role of government in education
Efficiency and equity in education. 1. Efficiency in education. 2. The compulsory
education. 3. The vocational training. 4. The transition to work in OECD.
Higher Education. 1. Organisation models in higher education. 2. Management and
finances in OECD. 3. Higher education reforms in EU. 4. Higher education in U.S.
Textbooks
Salas Velasco, M. (2008): Economía de la educación. Pearson. Prentice Hall.
Brewer, D.J. and P.J. Ewan. (2010): Economics of Education, Elsevier.
Other references
Carnoy, M. (2007): Economía de la educación. UOC.
García Laso, A. (2010): “La financiación de la Universidad: los debates ocultos del Proceso
de Bolonia”, en A. Corominas y V. Sacristán (coords.), Construir el futuro de la Universidad
pública, Ed. Pirámide.
Moreno Becerra, J.L. (1998): Economía de la educación, Pirámide
Núñez,C. y Tortella,G. (1993): La maldición divina. Ignorancia y atraso económico en
perspectiva histórica, Alianza Universidad.
91
FINANCE: FINANCIAL ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103736
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
4
Área
(Área)
Economía Financiera y Contabilidad
Department
(Departamento)
Administración y Dirección de Empresas
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
92
ECONOMIC THEORY: INNOVATION ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA DE LA INNOVACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103737
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Economy and Economic History
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Alfonso Bravo Juega
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
_
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
222. FES Building
Office Hours
Tuesday, 10 to 13 h.
URL Web
_
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3129
93
Objectives
The basic objective of “Economy f Innovation” consists in the students realize the importance of
the innovation for firms and public administrations. This is reached by means of the transmission
of actualized information about the subject, the debate and the presentation of works by
students in the Seminar. Moreover, part of the Seminar is imparted in English, with the aim of
offering to students an international context of debate. For this reason, it is highly priority and
valuated the attendance of ERASMUS students to the Seminar.
Syllabus
The first part of the Seminary is given in English.
1. COUNTRY INNOVATION LESSONS:
1.1. What are Innovation and Scientific Research and Experimental Development (R&D)?.
1.2. How are measured Innovation and R&D?.
1.3. How is constituted an innovation system?.
1.4. The Spanish system of innovation.
The second part of the Seminar is given in Spanish.
2. FIRM INNOVATION LESSONS:
2.1. The Logical Framework Methodology for designing innovation projects in firms.
2.2. Case studies about innovation projects of firms.
2.3. Diagnosis Methodology on the constitution of firms for innovation.
2.4. Case studies about innovative firms diagnosis.
Textbooks
Informe Cotec 2012. Tecnología e Innovación en España. Madrid.
INSTITUTO LATINOAMERICANO Y DEL CARIBE DE PLANIFICACIÓN ECONÓMICA Y
SOCIAL, 2004. Metodología del Marco Lógico. Boletín del Instituto. Santiago, Chile.
OECD, 2002. Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental
Development. Frascati Manual. Paris. Sixth Edition.
OECD, 2005. Proposed Guidelines for Collecting and Interpreting Technological Innovation
Data. Oslo Manual. Paris. Third Edition.
RICYT, 2001. Normalización de Indicadores de Innovación Tecnológica en América Latina y
el Caribe. Manual de Bogotá.
Other references
-
94
APPLIED ECONOMICS: ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA DEL MEDIO AMBIENTE)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103738
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Fernando Rodríguez-López
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
139 Law Building
Office Hours
Monday to Thursday, 11:00 to 12:00, by appointment
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/frodriguez
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
923294500 extension 1625
95
Objectives
The main goal of the course Environmental Economics is to enhance the knowledge and
analysis skills on:
1.
Environmental externalities as part of market failure theory, in order to better understand
the theoretical formulation of efficiency solutions.
2.
Economic valuation of environmental amenities.
3.
Limits to the application of efficiency solutions to the problem of environmental
externalities.
4.
Justification of scale and sustainability objectives as a second best.
5.
Introduction to management models for renewable and non-renewable natural
resources.
Syllabus
1.
Environment and market failures.
2.
Efficiency solutions to environmental externalities. Pigouvian taxes. Coasian solutions.
3.
Scale solutions. Transferable permits.
4.
Environmental sustainability.
5.
Economic valuation of the environment.
6.
Natural resource economics. Arbitrage rule. Non-renewable resources. Renewable
resources.
Textbooks
LABANDEIRA, X., C. LEÓN y M. X. VÁZQUEZ: Economía Ambiental, ed. Pearson, 2007
Other references
HANLEY, N, J. SHOGREN y B. WHITE: Environmental Economics, 2ª ed., Palgrave, 2006.
TIETENBERG, T. y L. LEWIS: Environmental and Natural Resources Economics, 9.ª edición,
Prentice Hall, 2011.
96
APPLIED ECONOMICS: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA INTERNACIONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103739
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Victoria Muriel-Patino
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
130 Law Building
Office Hours
Monday to Thursday, 11:00 to 12:00, by appointment
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/mvmuriel
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
923294500 extension 1625
97
Objectives
1.
Get to know the basic theoretic elements on international trade, exchange rates and
international macroeconomic policy.
2.
Get used to the application of economic analysis tools in an international framework.
3.
Analyze the effects of free trade, globalization and commercial policy on welfare.
4.
Get a deeper knowledge on the exchange rate models and their effects on the
economy.
5.
Know the effects and limits of macroeconomic policy in an international framework.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Theory of international trade.
International commercial policy.
Open macroeconomics and exchange rates.
International macroeconomic policy.
Financial globalization and international crises.
Textbooks
KRUGMAN, P., M. OBSTFELD y M. MELITZ: Economía Internacional, 9ª edición, ed.
Pearson, 2012
Other references
GROSSMAN, G. y K. ROGOF: Handbook of international economics, Elsevier, 1995.
KING, P. y S. KING: International Economics, Globalization, and Policy: A Reader, McGraw,
2008.
TUGORES, J.: Economía Internacional, 6ª ed., McGraw Hill, 2007.
98
ECONOMIC THEORY: ECONOMIC FLUCTUATIONS
(FLUCTUACIONES ECONÓMICAS)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103740
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Fundamentos de Análisis Económico
Department
(Departamento)
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
99
MARKETING: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
(FUNDAMENTOS DE MARKETING)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103741
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Marketing and Market Research
(Comercialización e Investigación de Mercados)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Martín García Martín
[email protected]
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Eva Lahuerta Otero
[email protected]
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
302 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Mondays 12.00h. a 13.00 h.
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/mgarcia
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 3515
100
Objectives
Learn how to solve commercial problems and learn how to take strategic decisions in order to
reach the marketing plan objectives.
Syllabus
THEME 1.- Marketing. Definition and concepts
THEME 2.- Global demand and market environment.
THEME 3.- Customer behavior.
THEME 4.- Marketing research.
THEME 5.- Market segmentation.
THEME 6.- Product.
THEME 7.- Price.
THEME 8.- Distribution.
THEME 9.- Communication.
Textbooks
Amstrong, G. y otros. (2011): Introducción al Marketing. Peasron. 3ª Edición.
Best, R. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Peasron. 4ª Edición.
Hernández Maestro, R.M: y otros. (2012): Ejercicios prácticos de Marketing. Ratio Legis.
Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de Marketing. Prentice Hall. 12ª edición.
Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGraw Hill. 2ª
Edición.
Sainz de Vicuña, J. M. (2005): El plan de Marketing en la práctica. ESIC. 9ª edición.
Santesmases Mestre, M. (2012): Marketing: Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 6º Edición.
Santesmases Mestre, M. y otros (2009): Fundamentos de Marketing. Pirámide.
Vázquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. Ed.
Civitas. 4ª Edición.
Other references
Will be communicated to the students along the course according to the teaching needs.
101
MATHEMATICS: DECISION MODELS
(MODELOS DE DECISIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103750
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso / Mª Dolores García Sanz
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
208 / 202
Office Hours
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected] /
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. García Sanz): 3112
Ext. (Prof. García-Bernalt): 3180
102
Objectives
1. Use of basic formal elements in economic modelling processes through
mathematical methods
2. Ability to general abstract formulation of efficient resource allocation problems
3. Use of appropriate mathematical tools for handling and solving optimization
models
4. Using optimization software as recourse in solving optimization problems
Syllabus
•
•
•
•
•
•
Convex sets. Convex functions
Differential convex optimization
Linear and integer programming: applications
Graph theory elements. Some models in networks
Finite difference equations. Applications in economic dynamics
Differential Equations. Applications in economic dynamics
Textbooks
Balbas, A. et al. (1988). Análisis matemático para la Economia II. AC.
Barbolla, R. et al. (2006). Optimización., Cuestiones, ejercicios y aplicaciones a la Economía.
Prentice Hll.
Chiang, A. (1987) Métodos fundamentales de economía matemática. Mc Graw Hill.
García C. et al (2002). Matemática discreta. Prentice Hall
Hanselman, D., Littlefield, B. (1998). Matlab. Prentice Hall.
Pérez Grasa, I. et al. (2001). Matemáticas para la Economía. Programación matemática y
sistemas dinámicos. Mc Graw Hill.
Other references
Bazaraa, M.S.; Shetty. C.M. (1979). Nonlinear Programming. John Wiley and sons.
Biggs, N.L. (2002). Discrete Mathematics. Oxford University Press.
Gandolfo, G. (1996). Economic dynamics. North Holland .
103
APPLIED ECONOMICS: LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMY
(ECONOMÍA DE AMÉRICA LATINA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103745
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
237
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Miguel Carrera Troyano
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
138 (Law Faculty Building)
Office Hours
Wednesday and Thursday from 10:30 to13:30
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 1691
104
Objectives
•
•
•
•
To know the main characteristics of the Latin American economy, its growth rate, the
main economic and institutional sectors and foreign relations, besides the economic
policy debate.
To understand the theoretical frameworks of analysis that may be applied to the
analysis of sectors and economic issues relevant to the economy of Latin America, in an
autonomous way.
To develop analytical ability, synthesis and critical thinking as well as expression skills,
oral and written. Ability to solve problems and cases individually and as a team.
To develop your ability to learn independently.
Syllabus
INTRODUCTION
Lesson 1: Diversity in Latin America. Current situation and main problems of the Economy of
Latin America.
PART I - HISTORICAL ECONOMIC POLICY
Lesson 2: The Import Substitution Industrialization (1950-1973) and the crisis of state
intervention (1973-1982).
Lesson 3: The debt crisis of 1982, the "Washington Consensus" and its failure.
Lesson 4: The new agenda for Latin America. Latin America and the rich world crisis.
PART II. - CHALLENGES AND PROBLEMS OF LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMY
Lesson 5: Growth
Lesson 6: Macroeconomic stability and inflation. The debate over exchange rates.
Lesson 7: Inequality and poverty
Lesson 8: Trade and development.
Lesson 9: Economic integration in Latin America: NAFTA and Mercosur
Textbooks
Bulmer-Thomas, V. (1998), La historia económica de América Latina desde la
independencia, Fondo de Cultura Económica, México.
Ros, J y Ocampo, J.A. (Eds.) (2011) Oxford Handbook of Latin American Economics, Oxford
University Press, Oxford.
Stiglitz, J.E. (2003): “El rumbo de las reformas. Hacia una nueva agenda para América
Latina”, en Revista de la CEPAL, núm. 80, agosto.
Thorp, R. (1998), Progreso, pobreza y exclusión. Una historia económica de América Latina
en el siglo XX, Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo y Unión Europea, Washington.
Other references
Williamson, J. (1990) “What Washington means by policy reform” en J. Williamson, Latin
American adjustment: how much has happened?, IIE, Washington.
CEPAL (varios años) Estudio Económico de América Latina y el Caribe, CEPAL, Santiago de
Chile, disponible en www.cepal.org.
CEPAL (varios años) Panorama social de América Latina, CEPAL, Santiago de Chile.
Carrera, M. y Muñoz de Bustillo, R. (2008), “El reto de la pobreza y la desigualdad en
América Latina”, Revista Sistema, núm. 208-209, diciembre.
105
FOURTH YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
ECONOMIC HISTORY: HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC
RELATIONS
(HISTORIA DE LAS RELACIONES ECONÓMICAS INTERNACIONALES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103742
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Economic History
(Historia Económica)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Esther M. Sánchez Sánchez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Economic History
(Historia Económica)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
229 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Wednesdays, 12-15h. Others days/hours by prior appointment
(e-mail)
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/esthersanchez
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3179
106
Objectives
- Know the most important characteristics, trends and agents of international economic relations
during the 19th and 20th centuries.
- Analyse the dynamics of growth and the processes of convergence/divergence of world
economies, within the framework of different theories and debates.
- Demonstrate the interdependence of the national and regional economies, as well as the
transmission of changes from one economy to another.
- Show the high importance of the political variable and the power relationships among
countries/regions/leaders in the international economic environment.
- Be able to search and interpret the available information about historical events and processes
(academic texts, press, quantitative data…), and also to present them in a coherent and
organised manner.
Syllabus
SUBJECT 1. INTRODUCTION. Theories and discussions about International Relations. The
post-revolutionary great powers: France, Great Britain and the United States. Spain’s position
on the international scene.
SUBJECT 2. IMPERIALISM AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS IN THE 19th
CENTURY. The European colonial expansion. Evolution and distribution of the foreign trade of
goods and services. International mobility of capital and labour factors. The international
monetary system: the Gold Standard. The Second Technological Revolution and the
replacement of British leadership by U.S. leadership.
SUBJECT 3. THE WORLD ECONOMY DURING THE INTER-WAR PERIOD. The
consequences of the World War I. The crash of 1929 and the Great Depression of the 1930s.
The U.S. and the New Deal. The European fascisms. The Russian Revolution and the formation
of the USSR. Reordering international relations among powers: the rise of the U.S. and the
nationalist claims around the world.
SUBJECT 4. THE WORLD WAR II AND THE PROBLEMS OF RECONSTRUCTION. The
consequences of the World War II. The U.S. and the reconstruction of Europe: Plan Marshall
and Bretton Woods Agreements. The Cold War and the expansion of the American Way of Life
in the Western bloc.
SUBJECT 5. GROWTH AND AMERICANISATION. Growth factors and U.S. central role: trade,
investment, technical assistance. Expansion of the consumer society and the “welfare state”.
U.S. multinationals and products made in USA. Educational, scientific and technological
influences. The U.S. and the process of European integration. Resistances to the
Americanisation.
SUBJECT 6. FROM THE OIL CRISIS OF THE 1970s TO THE CURRENT CRISIS. The oil
crisis and its effects on the world economy. The collapse of the Bretton Woods monetary
system. The evolution of the international exchanges of goods and factors. The dissolution of
the Soviet bloc. New actors in the international economic relations: position of emerging
countries and underdeveloped regions.
SUBJECT 7. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS OF SPAIN. Convergence and
divergence during the 19th and 20th centuries.
107
Textbooks
VILLARES, R.; BAHAMONDE, A. (2003), El mundo contemporáneo: siglos XIX y XX, Madrid,
Santillana.
FOREMAN-PECK, J. (1995), Historia de la economía mundial. Las relaciones económicas
internacionales desde 1850, Madrid, Prentice Hall.
GRAZIE, V. de (2005), Irresistible Empire: America's Advance through Twentieth-Century
Europe, Cambridge, Harvard University Press.
JUDT, T. (2006), Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945, London, Penguin.
MADDISON, A. (2002), La economía mundial. Una perspectiva milenaria, Madrid,
OCDE/Mundi Prensa.
Other references
AGHION, P.; WILLIAMSON, J. F. (1998), Growth, Inequality and Globalization. Theory,
History and Policy, Cambridge, CUP.
ALDCROFT, D. H. (1985), De Versalles a Wall Street, 1919-1929, Barcelona, Crítica.
ALDCROFT, D. H.; SUTCLIFFE, A. (1999), Europe in the international economy, 1500-2000,
Cheltenhan, Edward Elgar.
BAIROCH, P. (1993), Economics and World History. Myths and Paradoxes, New York,
Harvester Wheatsheaf.
BARJOT, D., dir. (2002), Catching up with America. Productivity Missions and the Diffusion of
American Economic and Technological Influence after the Second World War, Paris,
Presses de l’Université de Paris-Sorbonne.
BONIN, H.; GOEY, F., eds. (2009), American Firms in Europe (1880-1980), Strategy, Identity,
Perception and Performance, Genève, Droz.
CHENERY, H.; SRINIVASAN, T. N. (1995), Handbook of development Economics, 3 vols,
Amsterdam, Elsevier.
CRAFS, N.; TONIOLO, G. (1995), Economic Growth in Europe since 1945, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press.
CRESPO, J. (2004), España en Europa, 1945-2000, del ostracismo a la modernidad, Madrid,
Marcial Pons.
DELGADO, L. (2005), España y Estados Unidos en el siglo XX, Madrid, CSIC.
EICHENGREEN, B. (2000), La globalización del capital. Historia del sistema monetario
internacional, Barcelona, Antoni Bosch.
EICHENGREEN, B., ed. (1996), The Reconstruction of the International Economy, 19451960, Cheltenham, Edward Elgard.
FRIEDEN, J. A. (2006), Capitalismo global. El trasfondo económico de la historia del siglo
XX, Barcelona, Crítica.
HARLEY, C. K., ed. (1996), The Integration of the World Economy, 1850-1914, 2 vols.,
Cheltenham, Edward Elgar.
HERTNER, P.; JONES, G., ed. (1986), Multinationals: Theory and History, Vermont,
G.Aldershot.
KENWOOD, A. G.; LOUGHEED, A. L. (1999), The growth of the international economy,
1820-2000, London, Routledge.
KIPPING, M.; TIRATSOO, N., eds. (2001), Americanisation in 20th Century Europe:
Business, Culture, Politics, Lille, Université de Lille.
LANDES, D. S. (1999), La riqueza y la pobreza de las naciones, Barcelona, Crítica.
LEFFLER, M. P. (2008), La guerra después de la guerra. Estados Unidos, la Unión Soviética
y la Guerra Fría, Barcelona, Crítica.
MADDISON, A. (1991), Historia del desarrollo capitalista. Sus fuerzas dinámicas, Barcelona,
Ariel.
MADDISON, A.; PRASADA RAO, D. S.; SHEPHERD, W. F. (2002), The Asian Economies in
the Twentieth Century, Cheltenham, Edward Elgar.
MARICHAL, C. (2010), Las grandes crisis financieras. Una perspectiva global, 1873-2008.
Barcelona, Debate.
NIÑO, A. (2012), La americanización de España, Madrid, Los Libros de la Catarata.
108
PELLS, R. (1997), Not Like Us. How Europeans Have Loved, Hated, and Transformed
American Culture Since World War II, New York, Bsic Books.
PEREIRA, J. C. (2010), La política exterior de España, de 1800 hasta hoy, Barcelona, Ariel.
SCHENK, C. R. (2011), International Economic relations since 1945, London, Routledge.
STIGLITZ, J. E. (2002), El malestar en la globalización, Madrid, Taurus.
STRASSER, S.; McGOVERN, C; JUDT, M., eds. (1998), Getting and spending: European
and American consumer societies in the twentieth century, Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press.
VAN DER WEE, H. (1986), Prosperidad y crisis. Reconstrucción, crecimiento y cambio 19451980, Barcelona, Crítica.
109
SOCIOLOGY: SOCIOLOGY
(SOCIOLOGÍA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103743
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Sociology
(Sociología)
Department
(Departamento)
Sociology and Comunication
(Sociología y Comunicación)
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Marta Lambea Ortega
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Sociology and Comunication
Área
(Área)
Sociology
(Sociología)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
405 FES
Office Hours
-
URL Web
https://moodle.usal.es/course/view.php?id=6362
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3114
Objectives
1.
2.
To initiate students into the sociological perspective
To introduce/provide concepts, approaches and methodologies that provides basic
sociology
110
3.
4.
To develop abilities to apply social theories to current economic reality.
To develop oral, written communication and critical abilities of students.
Syllabus
Part 1: Actual society and sociological analysis
1. Introduction to sociology: main concepts.
2. Analysis of social actuality: key methods and techniques for social research
3. Societies evolution. The social change. From industrial society to the post-industrial one.
Part 2: Social stratification and inequality.
4. The labour market in post-modern society
5. Gender inequality. Main indicators.
6. Birth of the Modern State: Welfare state and social policy
Part 3: Demographic changes and population structure
7. Main demographic indicators. Fertility and aging of the population. Economic and social
consequences
8. Family changes. New patterns of family
9. Migratory movements. Contemporary migration patterns
Topics working
Group work will address on the following topics to choose:
- Society and Labour Market
- Labour deregulation process
- Employment and Gender
- Forms of Employment
- Employment and Immigration
- Communication, Culture and Society
- Sociological Analysis of Current Issues
Textbooks
CALHOUN, C.; LIGHT, D. y KELLER, S. (2000) Sociología. Madrid: McGraw-Hill
GARVIA, R. (1998). Conceptos fundamentales de sociología. Madrid: Alianza
GELLES, R.J. y LEVINE, A. (1996) Sociología. Madrid: McGraw-Hill
GIDDENS, A. (2004) Sociología. Madrid: Alianza
GINER, S. (1997). Sociología. Barcelona: Península
GINER, S; LAMO DE ESPINOSA, E. y TORRES, C. (eds). Diccionario de Sociología. Madrid:
Alianza
KERBO, H.R. (2003).Estratificación social y desigualdad. Madrid. McGraw-Hill
KÖHLER, H.-D. y MARTIN ARTILES, A.(2007) Manual de la sociología del trabajo y de las
relaciones laborales. Madrid: Delta Publicaciones
MACIONIS, J.J. y PLUMMER, K. (1999). Sociología. Madrid: Prentice Hall
111
Other references
‐
‐
‐
Instituto Nacional de Estadística: http://www.ine.es
Centro de Investigación Sociológica http://www.cis.es
Ministerio de empleo y Seguridad social http://www.meyss.es
112
FINANCE: ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(ANÁLISIS DE INFORMACIÓN FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103744
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
113
ECONOMIC THEORY: LABOUR ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA LABORAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103746
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Fundamentals of Economic Analysis
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
MIGUEL ANGEL MALO OCAÑA
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
218 (FES Building)
Office Hours
TBD
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~malo/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3512
114
Objectives
At the end of this course the students must be able:
- To write clear and precise explanations using the main theoretical concepts of Labour
Economics.
- To apply these concepts to real labour markets.
- To understand empirical information related to labour markets.
- To look for by themselves empirical information on different labour markets.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Introduction. Labour market as a social institution.
Labour demand.
Labour supply.
Wages and employment in perfect and imperfect labour markets.
Labor supply: Human capital.
Labour market regulation and labour market policies
Textbooks
McConnell, C.R., S.L. Brue y D. McPherson (2007): Economía Laboral, 7ª edición adaptada,
editorial McGraw Hill, Madrid.
Boeri, T. y Van Ours, J. (2008): The Economics of Imperfect Labor Markets, Princeton
University Press.
I. Pérez Infante (2006): Las estadísticas del mercado de trabajo en España, Ministerio de
Trabajo, Madrid.
Booth, A. (1995): The Economics of Trade Unions, Cambridge University Press.
Cahuc, P. y Zylberberg, A. (2004), Labor Economics, MIT Press.
Garibaldi, P. (2006): Personnel Economics in Imperfect Labor Markets, Oxford University
Press.
Solow, R. (1992): El mercado de trabajo como institución social, Alianza editorial, Madrid.
Other references
-
115
APPLIED ECONOMICS: HEALTH ECONOMICS
(ECONOMÍA DE LA SALUD )
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103747
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
167 (Law School)
Office Hours
Thursdays, 17-19 hrs.
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+349232944400
Extension: 1607
116
Objectives
This course aims to apply the tools of economic analysis, from the methodological perspective
of political economy, to the study of health as a good, the provision of which is part of the
policies of the welfare state, analyzing the supply and demand of health care, the measurement
of health, the economic evaluation of health policies, identifying existing market failures and the
form and degree of government intervention. We will study in detail the Spanish health system,
its strengths and weaknesses in comparative terms and the proposals for reform.
Syllabus
1. Health economics and its components.
2. The demand for health and health care.
3. The supply of health care and insurance.
4. Market failures in the provision of health services. Public expenditure on health.
5. Economic evaluation of programs and technologies.
6. The cost-utility analysis and measurement of health.
7. Pharmaceutical spending and the industry.
8. Funding of health expenditure in Spain and the sustainability debate.
9. Proposals for reform of health systems from the economic analysis.
Textbooks
Antelo, M.; J. Mª Fraga y J. C. Reboredo, Fundamentos de economía y gestión de la
salud. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Servizo de Publicacións e Intercambio
Científico. Santiago de Compostela, 2010.
- Braña Pino, Francisco Javier: Temas de economía de la salud. TÍTULO DE EXPERTO EN
GESTIÓN Y ORGANIZACIÓN SANITARIA. Universidad de Salamanca. Salamanca, 2013.
- Gimeno, J. A.; Rubio, S.; Tamayo, P: Economía de la salud: fundamentos. Díaz de
Santos, Madrid, 2006.
- Gisbert, R.: Economía y salud. Masson, Barcelona, 2002.
- Hidalgo, A.; Corugedo, I.; Llano, J. del: Economía de la salud. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid, 2000.
- Martínez-Giralt, X. Economía de la Salud. Una guía para no economistas. Center for the
Study of Organizations and Decisions in Economics (CODE). Universitat Autónoma de
Barcelona. Mayo 2008.
- Phelps, C. E.: Health Economics. Fourth Edition. Pearson, Adison-Wesley. New York,
2010.
Other references
Presentations of the topics and bibliography in the portal Studium.
117
MATHEMATICS: COMPUTING FOR OPTIMIZATION
(INFORMÁTICA PARA LA OPTIMIZACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103748
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
237
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Manuel Cascón Barbero
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
José Guillermo Sánchez León
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
226 (FES Building)
Office Hours
By appointment
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3513
118
Objectives
The aim of this course is to present an overall view of mathematical optimization, computer
science, and their economic applications. The course will also provide students with experience
using practical software tools for solving optimization problems.
Syllabus
1. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING
Foundations of computing. Algorithms
Octave/Matlab.
and
programs.
Pseudocode.
Introduction
to
2. LINEAR PROGRAMING
Linear programming modelling. The simplex method. Duality. Sensitivity analysis. Shadow price.
Integer programing. Economic applications. Excel/solver.
3. NONLINEAR PROGRAMING
Problem statement and basic definitions. Unsconstrained optimization: Gradient, Newton,
Rosen. Quadratic programing. Linear complemtary problem: Lemke, Nelder-Mead. Economic
Applications. Introduction to Mathematica.
4. RECURSIVE METHODS
Introduction to dinamic optimization. Discrete dynamic optimization. Bellman principle. Multiagent system. Economic Applications. Mathematica/Matlab.
5. ECONOMICS SIMULATIONS.
Applications to business and finance. Scenarios simulation.
Textbooks
1: N. L. Biggs. Discrete Mathematics. Oxford U.P., 2002.
2: M. S. Bazaraa, J. J. Jarvis, H. D. Sherali. Linear Programming and Network Flows.
John Wiley & Sons, 1977.
3: M. S. Bazaraa, C. M. Shetty. Nonlinear Programming. Theory and Algorithms.
John Wiley & Sons, 1979.
4: E. Cerdá. Optimización dinámica. Prentice Hall, 2001.
Other references
‐
‐
‐
‐
‐
‐
B. Beavis. Optimization and stability theory for economic analysis. Cambridge
University Press, 1990.
M. A. Goberna, V. Jornet, R.O. Puente. Optimización lineal. Teoría, métodos y
modelos. McGraw-Hill, 2004.
D. Jungnickel. Graphs, Networks and Algorithms. Springer, 2004.
D. G. Luenberger, Linear and nonlinear programming. Addison-Wesley, 1984
J. J. Salazar González. Programación Matemática. Díaz de Santos, 2001.
N. L. Stokey y R. E. Lucas. Recursive Methods in Economic Dynamics. Harvard U.
P., 1989.
119
FINANCE: FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS
(MERCADOS E INSTITUCIONES FINANCIERAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103749
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
MARIA JESUS MORO MARTIN
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES BUILDING)
Office Hours
Apply through email
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3524
Requirements
To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics.
120
Objetives
In this course, my goal is that students have an overview of our financial system, to learn
which are the assets, intermediaries and financial markets, as well as give an overview to the
historical and Bank of Spain, meet the current and Monetary Policy governing bodies as the
European Central Bank (ECB) and the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). In
Topic 6, we make a brief study to determine the performance of the stock market and
establish a system of work to know more about other issues such as official credit
institutions and other financial intermediaries, which they developed and discussed in class,
with my tutoring and help in presentations. In this year and given the special circumstances
which has come under our Financial System, we have been in constant contact with today,
trying to get the perspective not only from the theoretical point of view but knowing first
hand as they develop situations in practice.
Syllabus
1. SPANISH I FINANCIAL SYSTEM
2. SPANISH II FINANCIAL SYSTEM
3. THE BANK OF SPAIN AND MONETARY POLICY: MONETARY INDICATORS
4. MONEY MARKET MONEY OR.
Definition, characteristics. - Private.-Interbank Market Treasury notes and bills. - Company Notes. Market drafts. - Mortgage securities market.
5. CAPITAL MARKET: MARKET.
Interbank market. - Public Debt Market. - Letters Securities Market.
6. CAPITAL MARKET: THE STOCK MARKET. OPERATION AND FEATURES.
7. PRIVATE BANKING, SAVINGS, CREDIT UNION, CREDIT INSTITUTIONS AND
OTHER OFFICIAL FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY.
8. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS. SMI.
Teaching Methodology
Lectures
Practice Lessons
Works Exhibitions
Discussions
Exercises
121
Distribution forecast teaching methods
Teacher-led hours
Actual
Nonactual
Hours
Hours
Lectures
‐ In class
Practices
Indepent
Study hours
Total Hours
22,5
22,5
22,5
22,5
4,5
6
15
60
4,5
7,5
15
60
15
90
18
150
‐ In the laboratory
‐ In computer classroom
‐ In the field
‐ Display
Seminaries
Expositions and Discussions
Tutoríng
Follow-up online
Works
Other Activities
Exams
TOTAL
3
60
1,5
References (In Spahish)
Text books
GITMAN Lawrence J. Mc. Daniel Carl, EL MUNDO DE LOS NEGOCIOS, México, 1ª.
Edición, HARLA, S.A. DE C.V. 1995, 936pp.
BREALEY Richard A. Myers Stewart, C., FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS
CORPORATIVAS, España, Mc Graw Hill, 1ª. Edición, 1996, 771 pp.
RUGMAN M. Alana, NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES, México, 1998 1ª. Edición Mc
Graw Hill, 707pp.
EMERY Douglas R. FINNERY John D, ADMINISTRACION FINANCIERA
CORPORATIVA, PEARSON EDUCACION, MEXICO, México 1ª. Edición 2000, 999 pp.
122
APPLIED ECONOMICS: Industrial Organization – Economics of Regulation
(Economía Industrial – Regulación de Mercados)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103751
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
237
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo Llorente
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
145 School of Law (Facultad de Derecho)
Office Hours
Monday 10:00- 13:30
Tuesday 12:00-14:00
Wednesday 12:30 -13:00
URL Web
web.usal.es/bustillo
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3125
123
Objectives
Study of non competitive forms of markets. Behavior of big corporations in concentrated
markets. Competition policy.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Origin of Industrial Economics. Concepts of competition
Measures of concentration. Statistical sources
Causes of market concentration
Models of oligopoly: neoclassical and Post-Keynesian
Characteristics of non competitive markets a large corporations
Competition policy: EU and Spain.
Textbooks
1) Cabral L. (1997) Economía Industrial. McGraw Hill. Madrid
3) Martin Stephen (1994) Industrial Economics. Macmillan. . New York
4) Sherer F. M. y Ross D. (1990) Industrial Economics. Houghton Mifflin. Boston
5) Shughart II W. F.(1990) The Organization of Industry . BPI. Irwin Homewood, IL.
6) OECD Glosary of Industrial Organization Economics and Competition Law
Other references
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Dirección General de Competencia de la Unión Europea:
http://ec.europa.eu/competition/index_en.html
OCDE: http://www.oecd.org/competition/
Spanish National Competition Commission : http://www.cncompetencia.es/
Departament of Justice. Antitrust Division : http://www.usdoj.gov/atr/
Canadian Competition Bureau: http://www.competitionbureau.gc.ca/eic/site/cbbc.nsf/eng/home
UK competition policy:
Competition Commission: http://www.competition-commission.org.uk/
Office for Fair Trading: http://www.oft.gov.uk/
124
ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(SISTEMAS DE INFORMACION CONTABLE INTERNOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103752
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
237
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Adminstration and Business Economics
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
MIGUEL ANGEL HERNANDEZ MARTIN
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Adminstration and Business Economics
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
301 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3515
125
Objectives
The main objective of this subject is to train students in the fundamentals and basic concepts of
Internal or Cost Accounting, as well as in the process and methods for recording and reporting
internal accounting information. In particular, students will learn all about accounting operations
in relation to the internal transactions typically carried out in the business context.
Additionally, students will develop certain skills that will allow them to know how the information
provided in this subject is related to other subject matter in the business world.
Syllabus
Unit 1. Cost systems and basic concepts.
Unit 2. Circulation of costs in the firm: Stages of cost analysis.
Unit 3. Criteria for classifying and aggregating costs.
Unit 4. Costs by products and costs by centres.
Unit 5. Management and assessment of materials.
Unit 6. Determining labour costs.
Unit 7. Costs of fixed assets.
Unit 8. Distribution of indirect costs.
Unit 9. Models in cost analysis.
Unit 10.Standardization in the internal context.
Textbooks
Aranda, A. (2003): Contabilidad Analítica. Ed. Síntesis.
Álvarez-Dardet, Mª C. (2009): Contabilidad de gestión. Cálculo de costes. Ed. Pirámide.
García, X., y Martín, F. (2003): Casos prácticos de costes, Universidad de Barcelona,
Barcelona.
Hernando, G. (2006): Contabilidad de costes. Determinación, análisis y control, TGD,
Santander.
Iruretagoyena, M.T. (2003): Contabilidad de costes. Ed. Pirámide.
Martín, F., y Ros, J. (2003): Costes: contabilidad y gestión, Centro de Estudios Financieros.
Madrid.
Requena, J.M., y Vera, S. (2006): Contabilidad interna (Contabilidad de costes y de gestión),
Ariel, Barcelona.
Rocafort, A., y Ferrer. V. (2008): Contabilidad de costes: fundamentos y ejercicios resueltos,
ACCID
Other references
STUDIUM
126
BACHELOR DEGREE IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT
(GRADO EN ADMINISTRACIÓN
Y DIRECCIÓN DE EMPRESAS)
2016-2017
127
FIRST YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
MATHEMATICS: ALGEBRA
(ALGEBRA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
CCode
(Código)
103800
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Friday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. García): 3513
128
Objectives
•
•
•
•
To acquire and to use the basic elements of Linear Algebra.
To develop skills so as to structure a problem by using appropriate mathematical
models.
To develop a critical attitude towards the results of applying quantitative methods in data
analysis.
To identify and to use mathematical software.
Syllabus
1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory. Sets of real numbers.
Polynomials.
2. Vectorial spaces and subspaces. Independence, basis and dimension.
3. Linear mappings. Matrices.
4. Diagonalization. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
5. Symmetric bilinear forms. Quadratic forms. Classification of quadratic forms.
Textbooks
2006.
Other references
BIBLIOGRAFÍA COMPLEMENTARIA:
Burgos, J. de (1993): Algebra Lineal. McGraw-Hill.
Cairoli, R. (1987): Algebre Liniaire 1, 2. Presses Polytechniques Romandes.
González del Mazo, A (2005). Álgebra y cálculo. Librería Cervantes.
Sernesi, E. (1994): Linear Algebra. A Geometric Approach. Chapman and Hall.
BIBLIOGRAFÍA PARA PROBLEMAS
Alegre et al. (1995): Matemáticas empresariales. Editorial AC.
Lipschutz, S. (1992): Algebra lineal (segunda edición). McGraw-Hill.
López Cachero, M. y A. Vegas Pérez (1994): Curso básico de matemáticas para la economía
y dirección de empresas. Problemas. Pirámide.
SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito)
129
ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103801
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
CARLOS SÁNCHEZ VACAS
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
JESUS CARLOS ALONSO ALONSO
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Sánchez): 3511
Extension (Prof. Alonso): 3129
It is highly recommended to have a good command of basic mathematical tools.
130
Objectives
5. Understanding basic economic concepts, especially those useful for small firms.
problems.
7. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis to the field of small
businesses.
Syllabus
2. Demand and supply.
3. The Economic Context of Decisions in Small Firms.
4. The Efficiency of Markets.
5. Market Regulation
6. Labour Market: Demand
7. Labour Market: Supply
8. Labour Market: Wages’ Determination. The Role of Unions
9. Measuring the Economic Variables.
10. Unemployment and Inflation.
11. Balance of Payments and Exchange Rates.
12. The Impact of Economic Policies
Textbooks
Economia, Teoría y Prácticas: Blanco, J. M.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Principios De Economía :Martín Simón, J.L.(Ed. Prentice Hall).
Economía: Begg, D. y Otros.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Economía, Teoría Y Política :Mochón, F.( Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Other references
-CUALQUIER OTRO MANUAL QUE EL PROFESOR CONSIDERE ADEACUADO
-UTILIZACIÓN DE MEDIOS ON-LINE Y PRENSA Y REVISTAS ECONÓMICAS
131
ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM
(SISTEMA DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103802
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
238
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Isabel María García Sánchez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
105 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday and Wednesday: 13:30 - 14:30
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~lajefa/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3133
132
Objectives
The main aim of this course is to train students in the basic concepts of Financial Accounting, as
well as in the process and methods for the preparation of standardised accounting information.
Students will know especially all of the accounting operations in relation to the more common
business transactions.
Additionally, students will develop their skills in accounting regulations, as well as in the new
legal obligations related to the disclosure of information and in the monitoring mechanisms.
Syllabus
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM
1.1.
The company and its relation to the context
1.2.
The accounting information system: financial accounting
1.3.
Users and aims of the financial information
1.4.
Circulation of values in the company
CHAPTER 2. ENTREPRENEURIAL WEALTH: ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
2.1. Concept of business assets
2.2. Elements of the balance-sheet: classification criteria
2.3. Assets
2.4. Liabilities
2.5. Shareholders' Equity
2.6. The balance-sheet as a mean of expression of the equity balance
CHAPTER 3. A FIRST APPROACH TO THE NET PROFIT OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
3.1. The net profit of the financial year: Concept and types
3.2. Incomes: Concept, types and registration
3.3. Expenditures: Concept, types and registration
3.4. Accounting principles that affect the net profit
3.5. Profit and loss account
3.6. Distribution of the net profit
CHAPTER 4. THE ACCOUNTING METHOD
4.1. The accounting method
4.2. Identification of data: application of the duality principle
4.3. Measurement and valuation: quantification
4.4. Accounting representation
4.5. Aggregation and communication of information
CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS AND REPRESENTATION OF THE ACCOUNTING INFORMATION
5.1. Accounting events
5.2. The “account” as an instrument of representation of accounting events
5.3. Book entry as a note of accounting events
CHAPTER 6. THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE
6.1. Accounting period: phases
6.2. Accounting in the initial stage: the initial stocktaking and opening of accrual-based accounts
6.3. Accounting during the accounting period: trial balance
6.4. Accounting in the final stage: regularisation process, the accounting close and the
preparation of the Annual Accounts
6.5. Introduction to the accounting regularisation process
CHAPTER 7. THE ACCOUNTING RECORDING
7.1. Accounting Textbooks
133
7.2. Legal obligations and their consequences
7.3. Other types of business information
7.4. Control mechanisms of the reliability and quality of business information
CHAPTER 8. THE GENERAL ACCOUNTING PLAN: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK OF
ACCOUNTING
8.1. Planning and normalisation process
8.2. The General Accounting Plan as an instrument of normalisation in Spain
8.3. Structure and content of the General Accounting Plan and the General Accounting Plan for
SMEs
8.4. Conceptual framework of the accounting
8.5. Annual Accounts: Composition and "faithful image"
8.6. Requirements for the information of the Annual Accounts
8.7. Accounting Principles
8.8. Elements of Annual Accounts
8.9. Accounting record criteria of the elements of Annual Accounts
8.10. Valuation criteria
8.11. Accounting principles and rules generally accepted
Textbooks
RQUERO MONTAÑO, J.L., JIMENEZ CARDOSO, S.M. y RUIZ ALBERTO, I. (2008):
Introducción a la Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
CAMACHO MIÑANO, M.M. y RIVERO MÉNENDEZ, M.J. (2010): Introducción a la
contabilidad financiera, Pearson, Madrid.
C.T.O. Hacienda (2009): Manual de Contabilidad Financiera, C.T.O. Hacienda GALLEGO
DIEZ, E. y VARA Y VARA, M. (2008): Manual Práctico de Contabilidad Financiera, Ed.
Pirámide, Madrid, 2ª edición.
DOMINGUEZ CASADO, J., MARTIN ZAMORA, M.P. y JURADO MARTIN, J.A. (2011):
Introducción a la contabilidad financiera I, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
GOXENS ORESANZ, M.A., RODRIGUEZ GARCIA, F., OSES GARCIA, J. y LOSILLA
RAMIRES, M.F. (2011): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera, Garceta, Madrid.
LARRAN JORGE, M. (2009): Fundamentos de Contabilidad Financiera. Teoría y Práctica,
Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
MONTESINOS JULVE, V. (coord) (2010): Fundamentos de contabilidad financiera, Ed.
Pirámide, Madrid.
MUÑOZ JIMENEZ, j. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Prentice Hall, Madrid.
MUÑOZ MERCHANTE, A. (2010): Introducción a la contabilidad, Ediciones Académicas,
UNED, Madrid.
MUÑOZ MERCHANTE, A. (2010): Prácticas de introducción a la contabilidad, Ediciones
Académicas, UNED, Madrid.
Real Decreto 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de
Contabilidad, BOE 20 de noviembre de 2007.
Real Decreto 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de
Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas y los criterios contables específicos para
microempresas.
RODRIGUEZ ARIZA, L. y LOPEZ PEREZ, M.V. (2008): Contabilidad General. Teoría y
Práctica, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
SANCHEZ FERNANDEZ DE VALDERRAMA, J.L. (2008): Teoría y Práctica de la
Contabilidad, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 3ª edición.
SERRA SALVADOR, V., GINER INCHAUSTI, B. y VILAR SANCHIS, E. (2010): Sistemas
Contables de Información Financiera, Ed. Tirant Lo Blanch, Valencia.
HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera: el Modelo Contable Básico, Ed.
Pirámide, Madrid, 2ª edición.
SOLA, M. y VILARDELL, I. (2009): Introducción a la contabilidad general, McGrawHill,
134
Madrid.
TRIGUEROS PINA, J.A., SANSALVADOR SELLES, M.E., REIG MULLLOR, J.,
GONZALEZ CARBONELL, J.F. y CAVERO RUBIO, J.A. (2009): Fundamentos y Práctica de
Contabilidad, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
Other references
BLANCO RICHARD, E. (2008): Contabilidad y Fiscalidad, Edición electrónica gratuita
disponible en http:// www.eumed.net/libros/2008b/396/.
GARCIA SANCHEZ, I.M. (2009): Introducción a la contabilidad, Edición electrónica gratuita
disponible en http:// www.eumed.net/libros/2009c/576/.
135
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INTRODUCTION TO ADMINISTRATION
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ADMINISTRACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103803
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jesús Galende del Canto
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Gabriel Hidalgo
Departament
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
131 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Teléfono
3009
136
Objectives
To allow the student acquire his/her first knowledge skills in business administration. It aims to
encourage the student's curiosity and interest for the business world
Syllabus
Lesson 1. Firm and entrepreneur.
Lesson 2. Nature of the firm
Lesson 3. Business objectives
Lesson 4. Business organizational forms
Lesson 5. Business management
Lesson 6. Organizational design
Lesson 7. Strategy and Strategy development
Lesson 8. Business functions
Lesson 9. Human Resources.
References
Textbooks
Cuervo, A. (2008): Introducción a la Administración de Empresas, Thomson Civitas, Cizur
Menor, Navarra
Triadó, X, Aparicio, P., Jaría, N. y Elasri, A. (2011): Administración de la Empresa. Teoría y
Práctica, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
i.
-----Fernández, E., Junquera, B. y del Brío, J.A. (2008): Iniciación a los Negocios. Aspectos
Directivos, Paraninfo, Madrid
González, F.J. y Ganaza, J.D. (2007): Principios y Fundamentos de Gestión de Empresas,
Pirámide, Madrid
Iborra, M., Dasí, A., Dolz, C. y Ferrer, C. (2007): Fundamentos de Dirección de Empresas.
Conceptos y Habilidades Directivas, Thomson, Madrid
Jones, G.R. y George, J.M. (2010): Administración Contemporánea, McGraw-Hill, México
Koontz, H., Weihrich, H. y Cannice, M. (2008): Administración. Una Perspectiva Global y
Empresarial, McGraw-Hill, México
137
FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW
(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO CIVIL PATRIMONIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103804
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
ASUNCIÓN DÍAZ PÉREZ & MARÍA LOURDES MARTÍN
GUTIÉRREZ
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Law
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Prof. García:
- Wednesday: 14:00 – 15:00
- Thursday: 14:00 – 15:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294441
Extension: 1634
138
The Civil Law is the area of civil law that regulates all relations that have an economic
background and consider the person in reference to his property, so that their bases are
embedded within the economic system, the initiative of individuals and the free market.
In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Civil Law focuses on the study of the rules governing
the obligations and contracts, to the extent that these rules articulate the legal exchange of
goods and services with economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training
necessary for the student to understand other subjects of the degree, if Fundamentals of
Commercial Law, its natural continuation, and taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a
solid legal training that help you understand the legal operations affecting the Company and
transfer that training to management and company management in civil society.
Objectives
The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Business Administration and the
legal tools necessary for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own Civil Law
(Obligations and Contracts), which focused on their training, they provide provide accurate legal
means of face-to-be future professionals in Business Administration.
course of civil law must ensure that students reach a reasonable level of knowledge for the
scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical problems.
Syllabus
LESSON 1. - CONCEPT AND SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL LAW.
LESSON 2. - CONCEPT, STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS.
LESSON 3. - TYPES OF OBLIGATIONS AND COMPLIANCE.
LESSON 4. - PERFORMANCE AND TERMINATION OF LIABILITY.
LESSON 5. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT.
LESSON 6. - CLASSIFICATION AND BIOLOGY OF CONTRACTS.
LESSON 7. - EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACTS AND INEFFECTIVE.
SPECIFIC
E.7. The student must be able to identify problems related to ethics and culture
and understand their impact on business organizations.
E.13. The graduate must understand the details of the functions of business, corporate,
geographic regions, company size, business sectors and linking them to theories and
basic knowledge.
E.16. The student should understand ethical principles, identify the implications for business
organizations, design scenarios (eg exploitation of human resources, environment).
E.20. Students must know how to use tools for analyzing the business environment (eg
industry analysis, market analysis).
139
TRANSVERSE
F.1. The student must show ability for abstract thinking, analysis and synthesis
F.2. The student must demonstrate ability to apply knowledge in practical situations
F.10. In must show ability to investigate, process and analyze information from a variety of
sources.
F.31. It must show ability to make decisions that respect equal opportunities and gender.
Methodologies
following contents:
- The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons that make up the
program, following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and
skills related to those provided.
After class, the professor proposed to students carrying out work on theory and personal
Textbooks:
- CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978, actualmente vigente.
- Libro de texto para la teoría:
* LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil. Tomo II” (Ed. Marcial Pons,
Tomo II, última edición).
Other references:
Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, última edición).
Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, Madrid, última
edición).
con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de
140
la asignatura. Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos
materiales relacionados con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten
necesarios para la evaluación de la asignatura. Asimismo, los alumnos dispondrán, en la
página de Studium, de recursos suficientes para afrontar la materia desde el comienzo del
Curso
141
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103805
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Quarterly
(Trimestral
(1º parte del
1º semestre))
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Amparo Bejarano Rubio
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
227 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday: 16:00-18:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3179
142
Objectives
Main course goals:
- Know classifying the main economic facts during the contemporary history
- Relate and use basic economic concepts relating to historical events and the study of
the territory.
- Analyze graphs and draw conclusions from data sets
Syllabus
1. - Overview Economic History of the West
2. - The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850)
3. - The first globalization (1870-1913)
4. - The interwar period (1913-1945)
5. - The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973)
6. - The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries
Textbooks
PUV.
Other references
http://www.gapminder.org/ http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/
http://seneca.uab.es/historia/
http://estudios.universia.es/recursos/auladigital/historia/index.htm#contemporanea
http://www.artehistoria.jcyl.es/ http://clio.rediris.es/
http://www.historiasiglo20.org/ http://www.educahistoria.com/javierosset/
143
SECOND YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
MATHEMATICS: MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
(ANÁLISIS MATEMÁTICO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103806
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Friday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
144
Objectives
•
•
•
•
•
To acquire and to use the basic elements of Mathematical Analysis.
To get familiar with basic concepts of Financial Mathematics.
models.
To develop a critical attitude towards the results of applying quantitative methods in data
analysis.
Syllabus
7. Euclidean topology.
8. Sequences and series of real numbers.
9. Functions of several variables:
i.
Limits and continuity.
ii.
Directional and partial derivatives. Differentiable functions.
iii.
Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization. First and second order
conditions.
10. Introduction to financial mathematics.
Textbooks
2006.
Other references
Bazaraa, M.S.; Shetty, C.M. (1979): Nonlinear Programming. Wiley.
Besada, M.; García, J.M.; Mirás, M.A.; Vázquez, M.C. (2001): Cálculo en varias variables.
Ejercicios y problemas resueltos. Prentice Hall.
De Burgos, J. (1996): Cálculo infinitesimal de una y varias variables. McGraw Hill
Demidovich, D. (1978): Problemas y ejercicios de Análsis Matemático. Paraninfo.
Flett, (1966): Mathematical Analysis. McGraw-Hill.
Fuertes García, J.; Martínez Hernando, J. (1997): Problemas de cálculo infinitesimal.
McGraw-Hill.
González del Mazo, A (2005). Álgebra y cálculo. Librería Cervantes.
Marsden, J.E.; Hoffman, M.J. (1998): Análisis clásico elemental. Addison Wesley.
Marsden, J.E.; Tromba, A.J. (1991): Cálculo vectorial. Addison-Wesley Iberoamericana.
Nikaido, H. (1968): Convex Structures and Economic Theory. Academic Press.
Sydsaeter, K.; Hammond, P. (1996): Matemáticas para el análisis económico. Prentice Hall.
SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito)
145
APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC ECONOMICS AND FISCAL SYSTEM
(PUBLIC ECONOMICS AND FISCAL SYSTEM)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103808
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
238
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Pedro Calero Pérez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Monday: 10:00-12:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 1683
146
Objectives
In general terms, the objective is to know the precise importance of the public sector in the
economy that might be seen as much in the amount of resources managed (around 45% of
GDP) as in deep impact of the public regulations. In particular, the subject aims to study the
theoretical rationale for the public sector acts into the economic system and the implications in
order to choose the tools of such public intervention. The student is supposed to learn the main
public expenditures programs, the regulatory setup and the design of the basic elements in the
Spanish tax system.
Syllabus
I.
Introduction. The role of the public sector in the economy.
Lecture 1. The public intervention in the economy. The concept of public economics. Historic
evolution of the role of the public sector: allocation of resources, income re-distribution and
stabilization policy. Definition limits and measurement of the public sector. [AB, chap 1, 2 and 3
ACD chap. 1,2 and 8].
Lecture 2. Public choice. Voting rules and their limits. The behavior of bureaucracy. Public
finances in democracies: politicians, political parties and voters. Lobbies and regulatory capture.
[AB chap 3, ACD, chap. 4 y 5].
II. Public budget and expenditure
Lecture 3. The public budget. Definition and content of the public budget. Classic budgetary
principles and their revision. The budget cycle. [AB chap. 4, ACD chaps 6 and 7].
Lecture 4. Public spending and efficiency. The theory of market failures and the role for public
intervention. Economic regulation: objectives, tools and problems. Public corporations and
efficiency. Public sector and competition. [AB, chap 5]
Lecture 5. Public spending and equity. Merit goods: healthcare, education and housing. Income
redistribution programs: pensions system and unemployment insurance. [AB, chap 6; ACD
chap. 10].
Textbooks
[AB] Bustos, Gisbert, A. (2011): Curso Básico de Hacienda Pública, ed. Colex. Madrid
Other references
Albi Ibáñez, E.; C. Contreras; J. M. González-Páramo; I. Zubiri (2009): Economía
Pública I. Fundamentos, Presupuesto y Gasto Público, Aspectos Macroeconómicos.
Ariel Economía. Barcelona.
Albi Ibáñez, E.; C. Contreras; J. M. González-Páramo; II. Zubiri (2009): Economía
Pública II. Teoría de la Imposición. Sistema Impositivo. Otros Ingresos Públicos. Economía
Pública Internacional. Ariel Economía. Barcelona
Albi Ibáñez, E.; González-Paramo, J. M.; López Casanovas, G. (1997): Gestión
147
Pública: Fundamentos, Técnicas y Casos. Ariel. Barcelona.
Álvarez, F.; J. F. Corona y A. Díaz (2007): Economía Pública. Una Introducción.
Editorial Ariel Economía, Barcelona
Costa, Mercè, et al. (2005): Teoría Básica de los Impuestos: Un Enfoque
Económico. Ed. Thomson-Civitas, Madrid. 2ª edición.
Rosen, H. S. (2007): Hacienda Pública. MacGraw Hill, Madrid.
148
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103808
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
238
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Bernabé Calles Rodríguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Group 1.-> Monday 11:45-12:15
Group 2.-> Wednesday: 17:00-17:30
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 3117
149
Objectives
The main goal of this subject is to get the students to learn about the economic environment around which
firms and businesses develop in Spain from a historic, structural and institutional perspective. Applied
economic policies are highlighted together with their effect over the real world so that students are able,
on the one hand, to identify the main issues that shape Spanish economy performance and understand the
initial conditions that have created recent changes in order to determine the fundamental challenges it
presently faces. On the other hand, they should be capable to learn and handle the data sources and the
literature so as to correctly analyze the Spanish economy drawing significant conclusions about it and
interpreting the effects over firms and rest of economic agents’ activity.
Syllabus
Part 1. Spanish economic growth and determinants
Lecture 1. Recent historic development and prospects about Spanish economy
Lecture 2. Factors of production: natural resources, population, capital formation and technical
change and innovation
Part 2. Main Productive branches
Lecture 3. Agriculture
Lecture 4. Manufacturing, energy and construction
Lecture 5. Services
Part 3. Institutions and income distribution
Lecture 6. The labor market
Lecture 7. Financial system and monetary policy
Lecture 8. The public sector
Lecture 9. The foreign sector and the integration in the European Union
Lecture 10. The income distribution: personal income distribution, factor income distribution and geographical income distribution. References (in Spanish)
Textbooks
150
Los textos que utilizaremos como manuales para la preparación de la asignatura son los
siguientes:
GARCÍA DELGADO, J. L. y MYRO, R. (Directores): “Lecciones de Economía Española”;
Thomson-Civitas; Cizur Menor (Navarra); 2011.
MARTÍN MAYORAL, F. (coordinador): “Manual de Economía Española. Teoría y estructura”;
Pearson Educación, S.A.; Madrid; 2009.
Other references
La bibliografía específica de cada tema así como los enlaces a distintos medios on-line,
servidores estadísticos, prensa y revistas económicas, etc., será proporcionada a través de
la plataforma “Studium” al iniciar su exposición
151
FISCAL LAW: FISCAL LAW
(DERECHO TRIBUTARIO)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103809
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
152
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS I
(ESTADÍSTICA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103810
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
3
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mercedes García Sánchez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Cristobal Rojas Montoya
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof.
García): 3514
Ext. (Prof. Rojas):
3158
153
Basic knowledge of Algebra and Mathematical Analysis.
Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment).
Objectives
•
•
•
•
•
Make the student capable of synthezising and analyzing population information and
comparative analysis.
Ability to apply statistical techniques for economic variables.
Ability to tabulate, graph and summarize economic data, and to interpret and evaluate
results.
Ability to identify contexts of uncertainty and to quantify it.
Syllabus
BLOCK 1: DESCRIPTIVE STATÍSTICS
-
LESSON 1: Basic notions
LESSON 2: Univariate Distributions
LESSON 3: Bivariate Distributions
LESSON 4: Index numbers.
-
LESSON 5: Basic probability concepts
.
References
- CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed. Pirámide.
- CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.:Introducción a la Estadística para la
- LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Encomia. Ed. McGraw Hill.
- MARTIN PLIEGO, F.J : Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial (Teoría y
ejercicios). Ed. AC
-
ÁLVAREZ SANTOS, C.: Curso del SPPSWIN, Servicio informático de Somosaguas,
Universidad Complutense de Madrid, 2001 (descargable de la página web
154
-
LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11,
Thomson
155
COMMERCIAL LAW: COMMERCIAL LAW
(DERECHO MERCANTIL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103811
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Mercantil
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Privado
238
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
156
SECOND YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS II
(ESTADÍSTICA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103812
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rocío de Andrés Calle
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
215 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3514
157
Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis and Statistics I.
Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment)
Objectives
•
•
•
Recognize the different uncertainty frameworks that originate the existing variety of
probability distributions.
Predict behavior and population characteristics based on a sample.
Syllabus
LESSON 1: Discrete probability distributions
LESSON 2: Continuous probability distributions
LESSON 3: Convergence of random variables
BLOCK 2: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
LESSON 4: Sampling and sampling distributions
LESSON 5: Point estimation
LESSON 6: Interval estimation
LESSON 7: Parametric hypothesis testing
LESSON 8: Non parametric hypothesis testing
References
- CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed Pirámide.
- CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.: Introducción a la Estadística para la
- LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Economía. Ed. McGraw Hill.
- ÁLVAREZ SANTOS, C.: Curso del SPPSWIN, Servicio informático de Somosaguas,
Universidad Complutense de Madrid (descargable de la página web
- LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11,
Thomson
158
-
159
ACCOUNTING: ANALYSIS OF ECONOMIC OPERATIONS
(ANALISIS DE OPERACIONES ECONÓMICAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103813
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
M. Isabel González Bravo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Arjola Mecaj
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/lola
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Gónzalez): 3007;
Extension (Prof. Mecaj): 3134
160
Objectives
As general results of the learning, it is expected that students gain:
- Knowledge and application of the regulation about the financial reporting process in the
national and international context.
- Knowledge and application of specific and adequate valuation criteria for the different
economic operations of the company, in relation to the obligation and fiscal regulation.
Syllabus
Chapter 1. The accounting context of the financial information
Chapter 2. Accounting treatment of tangible fixed assets transactions
Chapter 3. Accounting treatment of intangible assets transactions
Chapter 4. Financial instruments 1: accounting treatment of financial assets transactions
Chapter 5. Financial instruments 2: accounting treatment of financial liabilities transactions
Chapter 6. Accounting treatment of inventories and trade transactions
Chapter 7. Accounting treatment of transactions that affect the shareholders’ equity
Chapter 8. The net profit of the activity: expenditures and revenues
Chapter 9. Preparation of the Annual Accounts
Textbooks
Real Decreto 1514/2007 Por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad.
Real Decreto 1515/2007 por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas
y Medianas Empresas.
Arquero Montaño, J.L. (y otros) (2008): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera. Ed.
Pirámide.
Gallego Díez, E y Vara y Vara, M (2008): Manuel Práctico de contabilidad Financiera. Ed.
Pirámide.
Wanden-Berghe Lozano, J.L (Coord) (2008): Contabilidad financiera. Nuevo Plan General de
Contabilidad y de PYMES. Ed. Pirámide.
Rejón López, M. (2008): Manual Práctico del Nuevo Plan Genral de Contabilidad 2008. Ed.
Grupo Editorial Universitario.
Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J.L (2008): Teoría y práctica de la contabilidad. Ed.
Pirámide.
Socías Salvá, Antonio y otros (2008): Contabilidad Financiara. El Plan General de
Contabilidad de 2007. Ed. Pirámide.
Wanden-Berghe Lozano, J.L (Coord) (2008): Contabilidad financiera. Nuevo Plan General de
Contabilidad y de PYMES. Ed. Pirámide
Other references
González Bravo e García Sánchez:(2010) Aplicación práctica del PGC/2008, Edición
electrónica
gratuita.
Texto
completo
en
www.eumed.net/libros/2010d/767/
161
ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS I
(MICROECONOMICS I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103814
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Alfonso Bravo Juega
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
222 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday and Tuesday: 11h-14 h.
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3129
162
Objectives
problems.
Syllabus
1. Cardinal Utility Theory.
2. Ordinal Utility Theory.
3. Consumer’s Optimization.
4. Types of Utility Functions.
5. Demand Functions.
6. Demand Elasticities.
7. Income and Substitution Effects
8. Demand and Indirect Utility: The Roy’s Identity
9. Compensated Demand and Minimum Expenditure Function. The Shephard’s Lemma.
10. Demands Functions and their relationships.
11. Welfare Analysis.
12. Revealed Preference Theory.
13. Cost of Living Indicators.
14. Production Theory.
15. Costs Theory.
16. Joint Production.
17. Costs Functions.
Textbooks
Henderson, J.M. – Quandt, R.E., 1985. Teoría Microeconómica. Ariel Economía.
Nicholson, W, 2006. Microeconomía Intermedia y Aplicaciones. Thompson Paraninfo.
Other references
-
163
FINANCE: FINANCIAL VALUATION
(VALORACIÓN FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103815
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Financial Economics and Accounting
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
(Profesor Coordinador))
Alberto de Miguel Hidalgo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
responsabilidad docente
Esther B. del Brío
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Wednesday and Thursday: 11h-14h
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/edelbrio
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. (Prof. de Miguel): 3006
Ext. (Prof. del Brío): 3515
164
Requirements
Objectives
The main objective of the course is to explain the principles of financial valuation with special
emphasis on the different elements that influence the financial valuation process. In particular,
upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
•
Understand what corporate finance is and the role of financial management in relation
with the value of the firm.
•
Understand the ownership structure of the firm, how it interacts with the board of
directors and the finance department to take financial decisions.
•
Understand the process that links financial decisions: financing, investment and
dividends, and the objective that these decisions should pursue to achieve an efficient
performance.
•
Identify the main responsibilities of the chief financial officer (CFO).
•
Understand the role of information as a basic element that links the company with
capital markets and that allows investors to value a firm.
•
Understand the principles of financial valuation such as the importance of time for
valuing cash flows and the effect of risk on value.
•
Understand the environment in which the valuation process takes place.
•
Understand the main characteristics and workings of efficient capital markets.
•
Understand the different models for financial valuation.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Financial management and the main financial decisions
Structure and workings of financial markets
The theory of efficient capital markets
The portfolio or financial investment theory
The Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM)
The theory of financial asset valuation
The Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT)
Valuing options and futures
Textbooks
Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall,
Hemel Hempstead.
Miguel Hidalgo, A.: Las Decisiones de Inversión, Financiación y Dividendos en la
Empresa. Universidad de Valladolid.Valladolid, 1990.
Sharpe, W.F.; Alexander, G.J. y Bailey, J.V. (1995): Investments. Prentice Hall
International, New Jersey.
Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la
165
empresa. Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid.
Weston, J.F. y Copeland, J.F. Finanzas en Administración. McGrawHill, México, 1995.
Other references
García Gutiérrez, C y Otros: Casos Prácticos de Inversión y Financiación de la
Empresa. Pirámide, Madrid, 1988.
Keown, A.J.; Petty, J.W.; Scott, D.F. y Martin, J.D. (1999): Introducción a las
finanzas. La práctica y la lógica de la administración financiera. Prentice Hall, Madrid.
Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros.
Thomson, Madrid.
Páginas web oficiales:
www.cnmv.es
www.bolsasymercados.com
www.meff.es
Prensa financiera:
http://www.eleconomista.es
http://www.ft.com
http://www.economist.com
166
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
(DIRECCIÓN DE OPERACIONES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103816
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Javier González Benito
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Roberto Sánchez Gómez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
116 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. González): 3002
Ext. (Prof. Sánchez): 3329
167
Objectives
This subject introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that must be made to
configure, plan and control the operations function of a company. The students will be able to
identify the different alternatives for each decision and the potential implications of each of such
alternatives.
Syllabus
1. The operations subsystem of the company: objectives and decisions
PART I: Operations design
2. Product design
3. Process design: Facility dimension and long-term capacity
4. Process design: Facility location
5. Process design: Plant Layout
6. Process design: Technology
7. Process design: Job design and organization
PART II: Operations planning and control
8. Basic concepts of planning and control
9. Push systems: materials requirement planning
10. Pull systems: Just-in-time
11. Logistics and supply chain management
12. Quality management
Textbooks
Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. (2009): Administración de producción y
operaciones, 12ª edición, McGraw-Hill
Davis, M.M., Aquilano, N.J. y Chase, R.B. (2001): Fundamentos de dirección de operaciones,
3ª edición, McGraw-Hill
Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición,
McGraw Hill, Madrid.
Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición,
Thompson
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª
edición, Prentice Hall, Madrid.
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001b): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,,
Prentice Hall, Madrid.
Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice
Hall
Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de
Operaciones: Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Machuca, J.A.D., García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995b): Dirección de
Operaciones: Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill,
Madrid.
168
Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de
Operaciones, Thomson
Other references
Alfalla Luque, R., García Sánchez, M.R., Garrido Vega, P., González Zamora, M.M. y
Sacristán Díaz, M. (2008): Introducción a la Dirección de Operaciones Táctico-Operativa: Un
enfoque práctico”, Delta Publicaciones, Madrid.
Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos,
Cívitas, Madrid.
Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080).
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations
Management, 2nd edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres
169
SECOND YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS
(MACROECONOMÍA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103817
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
CARLOS SÁNCHEZ VACAS
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
ISABEL GARCIA MARTIN
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Sánchez): 3511
Extension (Prof. García): 3529
170
It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics and
Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory.
Objectives
The main objective consists of providing to students a clear understanding of the basic
macroeconomic concepts and the main macroeconomic relationships according to
simple models and their empirical evidence.
Syllabus
1. Introduction.
2. The Aggregate Demand.
3. The Aggregate Supply.
4. Inflation and Unemployment.
5. Money Demand and Supply, and Monetary Policy.
6. The Aggregate Demand in an Open Economy
Textbooks
Abel, Andrew, B. y Bernanke, Bens,S.: Macroeconomía, Ed. Pearson
Dornbusch, R/ Ficher, S.:Macroeconomía, Ed. Mcgraw- Hill
Gamez, C, Mochon, F.: Macroeconomía, Ed. Mcgraw- Hill
Krugman, P./ Wells, R.: Introducción a la Macroeconomía, Ed. Reverté.
Blanco,J,M.:Economía, Teoría y Práctica, Ed McGraw-Hill
Barreiro,F./Labeaga,J.M./Mochon,.F. Macroeconomia, Ed. McGraw-Hill
Other references
171
ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(SISTEMAS DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE INTERNOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103818
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
MIGUEL ÁNGEL HERNÁNDEZ
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ.-> Thuesday: 11h-12h
MIGUEL ÁNGEL HERNÁNDEZ.-> Thuesday: 19:30-20:30
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~igallego/
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
172
Objectives
The main objective of this subject is to train students in the fundamentals and basic concepts of
Internal or Cost Accounting, as well as in the process and methods for recording and reporting
internal accounting information. In particular, students will learn all about accounting operations
in relation to the internal transactions typically carried out in the business context.
Additionally, students will develop certain skills that will allow them to know how the information
provided in this subject is related to other subject matter in the business world.
Syllabus
Unit 1. Cost systems and basic concepts.
Unit 2. Circulation of costs in the firm: Stages of cost analysis.
Unit 3. Criteria for classifying and aggregating costs.
Unit 4. Costs by products and costs by centres.
Unit 5. Management and assessment of materials.
Unit 6. Determining labour costs.
Unit 7. Costs of fixed assets.
Unit 8. Distribution of indirect costs.
Unit 9. Models in cost analysis.
Unit 10.Standardization in the internal context.
Textbooks
Barcelona.
Santander.
Madrid.
Ariel, Barcelona.
ACCID
Other references
Studium
173
FINANCE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL
(GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DEL CIRCULANTE)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103819
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
(Profesor Coordinador))
ISABEL MATEOS RUBIO
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
responsabilidad docente
JULIO PINDADO GARCIA
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Contact via email
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. (Prof. Mateos): 3004
Ext. (Prof. Pindado): 3006
174
Requirements
Having previous knowledge of financial valuation.
Objectives
The main objective is that the student understands, identifies and is able to economically
quantify all dimensions related with managing working capital inside the company. The student
should acquire the capabilities that are necessary to decide on issues associated with the
management of liquid assets, the credit policy of the company, short-term financing and stock
management. The student should also learn how to negotiate with financial institutions.
Syllabus
Chapter 1. Introduction to financial management of working capital
Chapter 2. Sales management: conditions and trade credit policy
Chapter 3. Sales management: payments and cash control
Chapter 4. Suppliers and stock management
Chapter 5. Short-term financing
Chapter 6. Banking relationships
Chapter 7. Cash holdings
Chapter 8. Models to manage cash holdings
Textbooks
Pindado, J. (Dir) (2011): Finanzas Empresariales. Ed. Thomson.
Other references
Arroyo, A.M. y otros (1996): Doscientos Ejercicios Resueltos de Dirección Financiera. Ed.
Deusto
Bachiller, A. y Lafuente, V. (1987): Gestión Económico-Financiera del Circulante. Ed. Pirámide.
Brealey, R.A., Myers, S.C. y Marcus, A.J. (2004): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. 4ª
edición, McGraw-Hill, Boston.
Cantalapiedra, M. (2004): Como Gestionan la Relación de su Empresa con los Bancos. FC
Editorial.
Delgado, J. I. (2000): Manual Práctico de Gestión de Tesorería de Empresas. Díaz Santos.
Madrid.
175
Hill, N. y Sartoris W. (1995): Short- Term Financial Management. Text and Cases. PrenticeHall.
Hillier, D.; Ross, S.; Westerfield, R., Jaffe, J. y Jordan, B.(2010): Corporate finance. European
Edition, McGraw-Hill.
López Martinez, F.J. (1990): Manual del Cash Management, Ediciones Deusto.
Martín, M. y Martínez, P. (2000): Casos Prácticos de Dirección Financiera. Ed. Pirámide
Miguel, A. y Pindado, J. (1995): “Propuesta de un orden de prioridad de la financiación del
circulante y evidencia empírica”. Análisis Financiero, nº 65, pp. 80-88.
Parra, F. (2005): Gestión de stocks. ESIC Editorial, Madrid.
Pindado, J. (2001): Gestión de Tesorería en la Empresa: Teoría y Aplicaciones Prácticas.
Ediciones Universidad de Salamanca. Salamanca.
Rodríguez, A. e Iturralde, T. (2008); Modelización Financiera Aplicada: Modelos de
Planificación Financiera con Excel. Delta Publicaciones.
Ross, S. A.; Westerfield, R. W. y Jaffe, J. F. (2000): Finanzas Corporativas. McGraw-Hill.
México.
Sage – Varios Autores (2009): Gestión del Circulante. Bases Conceptuales y Aplicaciones
Prácticas. Ed. Profit. Barcelona
Santomá, J. (2000): Gestión de Tesorería. Ed. Gestión 2000. Barcelona
Santandreu, E. y Santandreu, P. (2000): Manual de Finanzas. Ed. Gestión 2000. Barcelona
Scherr, F. (1989): Modern Working Capital Management. Text and Cases. Prentice Hall.
Suarez, A. S. (2003): Decisiones Óptimas de Inversión y Financiación en la Empresa. Ed.
Pirámide, Madrid.
Teba, J. y Ruiz, R. (2000): Inversión en Circulante: Análisis Económico y Financiero.
Supuestos Resueltos. Universidad de Sevilla. Sevilla.
Tomás, J.; Amat, O. y Esteve, M. (1999): Cómo Analizan las Entidades Financieras a sus
Clientes. Gestión 2000.
Tomas, J. y Batlle, E. (2008): Cómo Prevenir la Morosidad. Gestión 2000.
Torre, L.J. (Coord) (1997): Manual de Tesorería. Instituto Superior de Técnicas y Prácticas
Bancarias.
Tovar Jiménez, J. (1999): “Análisis y selección de fuentes de financiación operativa”, en
Casos Prácticos de Finanzas. Centro de Estudios Financieros, Madrid.
Recommended texts:
Barriocanal Muñoz, M. (2012): “Como tomar decisiones eficaces de cobro sin perder
clientes”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 290, pp. 39-43
Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2009): “La relación entidades financieras-empresas en crisis: nuevo
esquema de negociación”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 265-266.
Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2010): “Negociación, riesgo, costes y financiación: las relaciones
con las entidades financieras”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 273, pp. 14-29.
Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2012): “Los efectos económicos y financieros de la morosidad en la
empresa”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 290.
Calleja, J. L. (2003): “El fondo de maniobra y las necesidades operativas de fondos”, IE
Business School, Madrid.
Candelario, I. (2000): “Comparación entre factoring y el seguro de crédito ante la situación de
insolvencia”, Revista Española de Seguros, nº 104, pp. 771-823.
Cantalapiedra, M. (2006): “Claves para optimizar la gestión de stocks”, Estrategia Financiera,
nº 230, pp. 12-18.
Cantalapiedra, M. (2006(: “Las claves del descuento comercial”, Estrategia Financiera, nº
233, pp. 20-24.
Cantalapiedra, M. (2012): “Herramientas externas de gestión de la morosidad”, Estrategia
Financiera, nº 290.
Cortes Ibañez, E. (2011): “El descuento pronto pago: cómo, cuándo y por qué?”, Estrategia
176
Financiera, nº 283, pp. 20-25.
Cortes Ibañez, E. (2011): “Señales de alerta para prevenir la morosidad”, Estrategia
Creus Olgado, C. y Prieto Valero, B. (2011): “Cuadro de mandos de tesorería: previsiones,
presupuesto y medición de riesgos”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 281, pp. 42-45
Cuevas de Miguel, J. C. (2007): “Cómo manejar las claves para gestionar la relación
bancaria”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 240, pp. 54-59.
Espejo- Saavedra, J.L y Ortega Verdejo, F. J. (2005): “Como negociar líneas de descuento y
anticipo de crédito”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 218, pp. 26-32.
Faus, J. (1996): “Análisis del circulante en la empresa”, Finanzas y Contabilidad, nº 10, pp.
49-56.
Fernández, P. (1998): “Cash-flow y beneficio”, IEEM Revista de Antiguos Alumnos, pp. 42-46
Fernández Pascual, A (1999): “La gestión de la tesorería día a día. Un modelo probabilístico
basado en el nivel suficiente de tesoreria”, Actualidad Financiera, vol. 4, nº 11, pp. 83101.
Fernández Pascual, A (2000): “El tratamiento de la incertidumbre en las previsiones de
tesorería”, Actualidad Financiera, nº 9, Septiembre, pp. 47-62.
Jiménez Rodríguez, J. I. (2009): “Gestión del riesgo a clientes, qué información necesito?”,
Estrategia Financiera, nº 265.
Lafuente Robledo, M. y Soto Álvarez, J. M. (1998): “Descuento comercial: efecto de las
comisiones sobre la TAE”, Actualidad Financiera, nº 9, pp. 43-50.
López Berrocal, F.J. (1997): “El crédito a clientes: Un activo o un riesgo?, Finanzas y
Contabilidad, nº 19, pp. 38-43.
López Sánchez, F. (2011): “El descuento comercial, una práctica sujeta a revisión”, Harvard
Deusto Business Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 70-80.
Martínez, P. (1998): “El confirming”, Finanzas y Contabilidad, nº 24, pp. 30-34.
Merino, R. y Palao, J. (2010): “Gestión del cash-flow en entornos de falta de liquidez”,
Harvard Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 20-30.
Miguel Hidalgo, A. de y Pindado, J.(1995): “Propuesta de un orden de prioridad en la
financiación del circulante y evidencia empírica”. Análisis Financiero, nº 65, pp. 80-88.
Milla, A. (2003): “Las necesidades operativas de fondos y el fondo de maniobra”, Harvard
Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, nº 52 pp. 50-56.
Mora, M.; Giner, Y.; Muriel, M.J. y Toledano, J. (2001): “Repercusiones de las malas
prácticas bancarias en las pequeñas y medianas empresas”, Actualidad Financiera, vol.
6, nº 10, pp. 27-34.
Nuñez Monedero, T. (2009): “La gestión eficaz de la tesorería: mejorar la gestión de la
liquidez y la eficiencia de los procesos”, Harvard Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 1524.
Ortega Verdugo, F. J. (2011): “Problemas de liquidez: señales de alerta y medidas
paliativas”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 284.
Pestaña, R. (2000): “La financiación empresarial”, Actualidad Financiera, 1, monográfico, pp.
73-81.
Pindado, J. (1995): "Un análisis del proceso de creación de los flujos de caja". Actualidad
Financiera. Nº 16, (abril), pp. C-627-C-639.
San José Sanz, L. (2007): “Técnicas de gestión de la liquidez: un reto en las empresas”,
Estrategia Financiera, nº 242, pp. 38-42.
Sarasa Rodríguez, M. E. (2011): “Confirming: por qué ahora?”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 284,
pp. 30-33.
Trias y Capella, R. (2011): “En qué piensa un banco cuando otorga un crédito?”, Estrategia
Vaca de Osuna, M. y Hernández Barreiro, M. D. (2009): “La gestión integral del riesgo, clave
en el contexto económico actual”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 89, pp. 16-28.
177
(FUNDAMENTOS DE COMERCIALIZACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103820
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rosa M. Hernández Maestro
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Álvaro Garrido Morgado
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Hernández): 3124
Ext. (Prof. Garrido): 3202
178
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce the students to Marketing. In particular, the student should
identify relevant information and decisions and be able to structure them as a Marketing Plan.
Syllabus
- What is marketing?
- Strategic marketing
- Environmental analysis
- Market research
- Consumer behaviour
- Organisational buying bahaviour
- Market segmentation
Important note: The student should have substantial knowledge regarding mathematics
(e.g. equations systems). There is no chance of changing exam dates.
Textbooks
Manual básico de referencia:
Armstrong, G. y otros (2011): Introducción al marketing. Tercera edición, Prentice Hall.
Otros manuales:
Kotler, P. y otros (2000): Introducción al marketing. Segunda edición europea, Prentice Hall.
Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing. 12ª edición, Prentice Hall.
Sainz de Vicuña, Jose María (2005): El plan de marketing en la práctica. 9ª edición, ESIC.
Santesmases Mestre, M. (2004): Marketing. Conceptos y estrategias. 5ª edición, Pirámide.
Vazquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y aplicaciones sectoriales. 4ª
edición, Civitas.
Other references
-
179
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZATION DESIGN
(DISEÑO ORGANIZATIVO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103821
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Ignacio Galán Zazo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Inmaculada Vicente
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
108 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/~jigalan/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
180
Objectives
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with the basic skills and knowledge
concerning organizational design in order to guarantee him/her a solid education, focusing on
the importance of entrepreneurship spirit, leadership, teamwork and ethical behaviour.
Syllabus
Part I. Basic concepts
1. Introduction to organizational design
1. Organizations and organization studies
2. Architecture and organizational behaviour
3. Organizational design process
2. Key concepts in relation to organizational design
1. The concept of efficacy
2. The concept of fit
3. The concept of complementarity
4. Decision theory
5. The teamwork problem and the value of information
3. The economic problem: a problem of organization
1. The nature of the economic problem
2. The market as a model of organization
3. Economic organizations
4. Specialization and exchange
Part II. Theoretical fundamentals
4. Organization theory
1. Classic views
2. Modern views
3. Post-modern views
4. The evolution of organization theory: a synthesis
5. The theory of the firm
1. The neoclassical theory of the firm
2. Transaction cost theory
3. Agency theory
4. Evolutionary economics
5. Main paradigms in the study of the firm: a synthesis
Part III. Design instruments
6. Coordination
1. Galbraith’s coordination mechanisms
2. Mintzberg’s coordination mechanisms
3. Milgrom and Roberts’ coordination mechanisms
4. Transfer prices
7. Motivation and incentives
1. Preliminary concepts
2. A general model of payment
3. Principles of incentive-based payment systems
4. Types of payment systems
5. Team technologies and incentives
181
Part IV. Organizational forms and strategic context
8. Organizational forms
1. The real evolution of organizational forms
2. The evolution of organizational form theory
3. The M-form
4. Towards the network form of the firm
5. New organizational models
6. Organizational designs focused on growth
9. Strategy and structure
1. Introduction
2. Organizational benefits and costs derived from the EER relationship
3. A model on the relationship between structure, strategy and results
Part V. Corporate social responsability and organizational design
10. Corporate social responsability and organizational design
1. Ethical principles for corporate government
2. Main measures and indicators of corporate social responsability
3. Organizational structure of the corporate social responsability
4. Impact of the corporate social responsability on efficiency, competitiveness and value
creation
Textbooks
Galán Zazo, I. (2006). Diseño organizativo, Madrid: Thompson.
Other references
‐ Building the flexible firm : how to remain competitive / Henk W. Volberda.. -- Oxford :
Oxford University, 1998
‐
‐
‐
‐
‐
Competing by design : the power of organizational architecture / David A. Nadler and
Michael L. Tushman with Mark B. Nadler.. -- New York ; Oxford :
Oxford
University Press, 1997
Diseño organizativo de la empresa / Juan Manuel de la Fuente Sabaté... [et al.]. -Madrid : Civitas, 2000
Economía de la empresa : decisiones y organización / Vicente Salas Fumás.. -Barcelona : Ariel, 1987
Economía, organización y gestión de la empresa / Paul Milgrom y John Roberts ;
[traducción de Ernesto Jimeno]; Glosario: p. [703]-718.. -- Barcelona
: Ariel, 1993
For positivist organization theory : proving the hard core / Lex Donaldson.. -- London
etc. : Sage, 1996
‐ La estructuración de las organizaciones / Henry Minzberg ; traducción de Deborah
Bonner y Javier Nieto ; asesor Javier Nieto.. -- Barcelona : Ariel,
‐
‐
1999
L'empresa : anàlisi econòmica / A. Serra i Ramoneda.. -- Bellatera,Barcelona :
Publicacions de la Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, 1993
Managerial economics and organizational architecture / James A. Brickey, Clifford W.
182
Smith, Jerold L. Zimmerman.. -- Chicago etc. : Irwin, 1997
‐ Networks and organizations : structure, form, and action / edited by Nitin Nohria and
Robert G. Eccles.. -- Boston : Harvard Business School Press, 1992
‐
‐
‐
‐
Organization theory and design / Richard L. Daft.; XXI, 602 p : il. -- St. Paul, etc. :
West Publishing Company, 1989
Organizational theory : tex and cases / Gareth R. Jones.. -- Reading, Massachusetts :
Addison - Wesley, 1995
Teoría contractual de la empresa / Benito Arruñada. -- Madrid ; Barcelona : Marcial
Pons,Ediciones Jurídicas y Sociales, 1998
The individualized corporation : a fundamentaly new approach to management /
Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett.. -- London : William
Heinemann,
1999
183
THIRD YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
(DIRECCIÓN ESTRATÉGICA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103822
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jorge Matías Pereda
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Juan David Arranz
Departament
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Teléfono
3524
184
Objectives
The general objectives of the course are:
• Understanding the nature of business strategy and the mechanisms that support the business
survival at the industry in which the business competes.
• Seeking to understand and implement key strategic analytical tools.
• Gain an overview of the business that integrates the knowledge and skills developed throughout
functional specialization and highlighting the need for internal consistency both horizontally,
between business departments, and vertically, between different levels of analysis (corporate,
competitive and functional).
• The development of analytical skills that allow the student understand particular situations, for
example, the opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses involved, the competitive
advantages and disadvantages needed to formulate and implement different strategies, etc. Also,
of particular interest, is the development of critical and teamwork skills to analyze in depth case
studies.
Syllabus
The fundamental objective is to give a glimpse over the strategic management process within
the business, which allows firms to analyze the industry in which they compete and follow a
feasible strategic option.
Given the increasing complexity in which the firms are immersed today, It is important to
highlight the impact of the environment and the role played by internal resources and
capabilities. To do so, we will study the following lessons:
Lesson 1. The strategic management process: Levels of strategy and decision-making.
Lesson 2. Corporate governance: Goal setting in business and corporate social responsibility.
Lesson 3. External analysis of the company: The general environment and competitive forces.
Lesson 4. Internal analysis of the firm: The role of resources and capabilities. Types of
resources and capabilities and its value to generate rents.
Lesson 5. Generic competitive strategies: Cost leadership and differentiation.
Lesson 6. Lifecycle sector: Strategies and stages.
References
Textbooks
Grant, R. M. (2006): Dirección estratégica: Conceptos, técnicas y aplicaciones, 2ª ed. Cívitas,
Madrid.
Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la empresa. Teoría y
Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid. http://www.guerrasynavas.com/
i.
------
Fernández, E. (2005): Dirección Estratégica de la Empresa. Fundamentos y puesta en práctica,
Delta Publicaciones, Madrid.
Hill, Ch. y Jones (2005): Administración estratégica . Un enfoque integrado. McGraw Hill, 6ª ed.,
México.
185
Hitt, M.a.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica. Conceptos,
Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.
Johnson, G. y Scholes, K. y Whittington, R. (2006): Dirección Estratégica, Prentice Hall, 7ª ed.,
Madrid.
Sánchez Gómez, R. y González Benito, J. (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y
decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid.
186
ACCOUNTING: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
(ANÁLISIS DE ESTADOS FINANCIEROS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103823
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Manuel Prado Lorenzo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Doroteo Martín Jimenez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Prado): 3001
Extension (Prof. Martín): 3007
187
Objectives
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Understand the compulsory and voluntary financial information disclosed by
corporations
2.
Identify the logic behind the process of analysis and interpretation of the financial
information revealed
3.
Discuss the main contents of the annual report, obtaining conclusions to take
investment and credit decisions
4.
Explain the features of the main techniques applied to the analysis of corporate
information
5.
Analyse the correlation and balance between the financial resources used by the
companies and the investments made, both in the short term and the long term, from a
static and a dynamic perspective
6.
Interpret the equilibrium between investments and financing funds
7.
Appreciate the importance of the main accounting ratios
8.
Calculate the main accounting ratios and explain their significance
9.
Explain the activity of the firm and assess its performance through the analysis of
profitability, risk, costs and productivity
10. Identify the main strengths and weaknesses of the firm compared to its competitors
(sector)
11. Plan and implement overall reports about the economic and financial situation
12. Know the different methods of business valuation
Syllabus
Unit 1. Corporate management from the accounting perspective. Reporting environment and
nature and purpose of financial reporting.
Unit 2. Analysis of the Balance Sheet in the short term. Analysing Investing Activities and
Financing Activities.
Unit 3. Analysis of the Activity. Return on Invested Capital and Profitability.
Unit 4. Analysis of Cash Flow and Changes in Shareholder’s Equity.
Unit 5. Financial analysis of current activities. Liquidity and short-term solvency.
Unit 6. Analysis of the long-term financial structure. Long-term solvency.
Unit 7. Business valuation
188
Textbooks
Archel, P. Lizarraga Dallo, F. y Sánchez Alegría, S: Estados contables. Elaboración,
análisis e interpretación.. Edita: Piramide 2008.
Rojo Ramírez A. Las Cuentas Anuales en la Empresa. Alfonso A.. Edita: Garceta 2012
Rojo Ramírez, A. Análisis Económico-Financiero de la empresa. Un análisis desde los datos
contables Edita: Garceta 2011
MARTINEZ GARCIA, F. J. y SOMOHANO RODRÍGUEZ: Análisis de estados contables.
Comentarios y Ejercicios (incluye CDROM), Ed. Pirámide.Madrid, 2002.
RIVERO TORRE, P.: Análisis de Balances y Estados Complementarios, Ed. Pirámide,
Madrid, 2002.
AMAT, O. Análisis de estados financieros. Fundamentos y aplicaciones. Gestión 2000
Ediciones S.A. 2002.
AMAT, O.: Análisis de estados financieros. Fundamentos y aplicaciones. Con casos y
ejercicios resueltos y cuestionarios de autoevaluación. 6ª.
edic. Ed. Gestión 2000, Barcelona, 2000.
Other references
-
189
FINANCE: CORPORATE FINANCE I
(DIRECCIÓN FINANCIERA I)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103824
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
3
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Julio Pindado García
Groups
AyB
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Javier Pérez Payno
Groups
AyB
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
www.usal.es/catedraef
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294763
190
Requirements
Previous knowledge of statistics and financial valuation.
Objectives
The student must learn to identify, estimate their magnitude and assess corporate investment
projects.
Syllabus
CHAPTER 1
THE INVESTMENT PROCESS INSIDE THE COMPANY
CHAPTER 2
ASSESSING INVESTMENT PROJECTS IN A CERTAIN ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 3
ESTIMATING CASH FLOWS OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
CHAPTER 4
SPECIAL CASES IN THE ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
CHAPTER 5
CONSIDERING UNCERTAINTY IN THE VALUATION OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
CHAPTER 6
SEQUENTIAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS AND REAL OPTIONS
Textbooks
Pindado, J. (director) (2012): Finanzas empresariales. Ediciones Paraninfo. Madrid.
Other references
-
191
MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH
(INVESTIGACIÓN DE MERCADOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103825
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
ÓSCAR GONZÁLEZ BENITO
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
MERCEDES MARTOS PARTAL
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Martos): 3124
192
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce students to the main procedures and techniques designed
to assess, collect and analyze information necessary for making marketing decisions, so they
know their characteristics, applications and implications, and are able to assess their
convenience and apply them correctly.
Syllabus
-
Introduction to marketing research.
Secondary data.
Qualitative techniques for collecting primary data.
Quantitative techniques for collecting primary data.
Questionnaire design.
Measures and scales.
Sampling.
Experimentation.
Basic techniques for analyzing market data.
Textbooks
Kinnear, T.C. y Taylor, J.R. (1998): Investigación de Mercados. Un enfoque aplicado, 5ª
edición, McGraw-Hill, Santafé de Bogotá.
Malhotra, N.K. (2004): Investigación de Mercados: Un Enfoque Aplicado, 4ª edición, Pearson
Education, México.
Trespalacios, J.A.; Vázquez, R. y Bello, L. (2005): Investigación de Mercados. Métodos de
recogida y análisis de la información para la toma de decisiones en marketing, Thomson,
Madrid.
Brodie, R. J. y Danaher, P. J. (2000): “Building models for marketing decisions: Improving
empirical procedures” International Journal of Research in Marketing, 17 (2/3), 135-139.
Hanssens, D.; Leeflang, P.S.H. and Wittink, D.R (2005): “Market Response Models and
Marketing Practice”, Applied Stochastic Models in Business and Industry, 21, 423-434.
Leeflang, P.S.H. and Wittink, D.R (2000): “Building Models for Marketing Decisions: Past,
Present and Future”, International Journal of Research in Marketing, 17, 2-3, 105-126.
La bibliografía por áreas temáticas del programa se aportará con cada tema.
Other references
Se añadirán a lo largo del desarrollo de la asignatura según necesidades docentes.
193
STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS
(ECONOMETRÍA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103826
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Rebeca Jiménez Rodríguez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3514
194
Business C.E.O.
Basic knowledge of linear algebra, mathematical analysis, statistics and economics is required.
It is, therefore, recommended to have passed previously courses on: Algebra, Mathematical
Analysis, Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I and Macroeconomics.
In addition, elementary computing knowledge is recommended.
Objectives
-
Learning econometric methods for data analysis. Their application contributes to the
creation of the necessary knowledge base for business decision making.
To develop the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those most
suited to the analysis in a specific context.
Learn to apply the econometric methods studied in an empirical context, keeping a
critical mind in evaluating uncertainty associated to the results.
To develop the ability to evaluate the results of econometric analysis, starting to carry
out empirical research to obtain such results.
Establish a basis conducive to the capability to develop alternative econometric
methods adapted to the empirical context at hand.
Develop the ability to use econometric software.
Syllabus
-
The problem in Econometric Analysis
The econometric model
Properties of estimators.
Principles and properties of hypothesis testing
195
Classroom Lectures
Computer lab
Problem sets, exercises and analysis
Algebraic manipulation / theorem proofs.
References
Hendry, D.F. y B. Nielsen (2007), Econometric Modeling: A Likelihood. Oxford: Princeton
University Press.
Thomson.
OxMetric (Econometric software freely available at http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html).
Evaluation
Evaluation criteria
be evaluated.
- Class quizzes.
196
Recommendations for the recuperation.
197
THIRD YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
ACCOUNTING: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
(COMBINACIONES DE NEGOCIOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103827
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis Rodríguez Domínguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
301 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3515
198
Objectives
LEARNING OUTCOMES
- Identify the different transactions which imply different business combinations
- Describe the main characteristics of the different business combinations
- Know the specific accounting treatment for each type of business combination, specially
the acquisition method
- Apply the appropriate method of consolidation to the business combination
- Undertake the accounting process to obtain consolidated financial statements
Syllabus
• Business combinations. Situations and regulation
• Subsidiary companies
• Consolidation methods
• Measurement of acquired assets and liabilities
• Process of obtaining consolidated financial statements
• Consolidation of quoted groups
• Consolidated financial statements
Textbooks
ÁLVAREZ MELCÓN, S y CORONA ROMERO (2001): Cuentas anuales consolidadas. Ed.
Pirámide.
MARTÍNEZ CASTILLO, A. (2011): Consolidación de Estados Financieros. Editorial McGrawHill.
Other references
LEY 16/2007, de 4 de julio, de reforma y adaptación de la legislación mercantil en materia
contable para su armonización internacional con base en la normativa de la Unión Europea.
REAL DECRETO 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de
Contabilidad.
microempresas.
REAL DECRETO 1815/1991 del 20/12/91 por el que se aprueban las normas para la
formulación de las cuentas anuales consolidadas Boletín AECA., nº 28, 1992
Normas Internacionales de Contabilidad y Normas Internacionales de Información Financiera
adoptadas por la Unión Europea. Se pueden consultar la página del ICAC:
http://www.icac.meh.es/reglanic.htm.
199
FINANCE: CORPORATE FINANCE II
(DIRECCIÓN FINANCIERA II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103828
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Groups
Mª Belén Lozano García
AyB
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
126 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extensión: 3007
Requirements
Some previous knowledge of Corporate Finance I and Financial Valuation.
200
Objectives
- Learn and understand the different financial decisions that have to be taken inside the
company with the aim of value creation.
- Have the ability to critically assess the arguments related with corporate financing and to adapt
finance theory to the business environment.
Syllabus
Chapter 1. The cost of capital
Chapter 2. Factors that influence corporate capital structure
Chapter 3. An adequate capital structure
Chapter 4. Factors that influence corporate dividend policy
Chapter 5. An adequate dividend policy
Chapter 6. Mergers and acquisitions
Chapter 7. Business failure and reorganization
Textbooks
Pindado (coord.) y otros (2012): Finanzas Empresariales, Paraninfo.
Brealey, R. y Myers, S.: Fundamentos de Financiación Empresarial. McGraw
Hill/Interamericana. Madrid.
Fernández Alvárez, a. I. (ed.) (1994): Introducción a las Finanzas. Civitas, Madrid.
Suárez Suárez, A.S.: Decisiones Optimas de Inversión y Financiación en la Empresa,
Pirámide, Madrid.
Other references
Gómez y otros: Problemas de Dirección Financiera, Civitas, Madrid.
Keown, Petty, Scott y Martin, Introducción a las Finanzas, Prentice Hall, N. Y.
Lozano García, b: Las fusiones de empresas: un enfoque contractual, Servicio de
Publicaciones de la Universidad de Salamanca, 1999.
Miguel Hidalgo, A.: Las Decisiones de Inversión, Financiación y Dividendos en la Empresa,
Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid.
Pérez A. y Vela, E.: Gestión Financiera de la Empresa. Alianza. Madrid.
Schall, L.D. y Halley, C.W.: Administración Financiera, McGraw Hill. Bogotá.
Van Horne, J.C.: Financial Management and Policy. Prentice Hall. Englewod Cliff. N.Y.
201
MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH
(POLÍTICAS COMERCIALES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103829
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Marcelino Corcho Bragado
Edwin Vilchez Medina
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3515
202
Objectives
The course is intended that students get familiar with the main marketing actions and
tactics (marketing mix), so they are able to integrate them into planning aimed at
implementing the marketing strategy of the company and achieving its marketing
objectives.
Syllabus
- Product
- Price
- Distribution
- Communication
Textbooks
Best, R. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Peasron. 4ª Edición.
Gary, A y otros. (2011): Introducción al Marketing. Peasron. 3ª Edición.
Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de Marketing. Prentice Hall. 12ª edición.
Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGraw Hill. 2ª
Edición.
Sainz de Vicuña, J. M. (2005): El plan de Marketing en la práctica. ESIC. 9ª edición.
Santesmases Mestre, M. (2012): Marketing: Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 6º Edición.
Santesmases Mestre, M. y otros (2009): Fundamentos de Marketing. Pirámide.
Vázquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. Ed.
Civitas. 4ª Edición.
Other references
203
MARKETING: MARKETING STRATEGY
(ESTRATEGIA COMERCIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103830
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mercedes Martos Partal
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Lucrecia González Jiménez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Wednesday: 16h-20h (previous appointment by e-mail)
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Martos): 3124
204
Objectives
The course is intended to give students a global overview of the main marketing strategies. The
students are able to asses each strategy and the convenience to apply each strategy in order to
reach the proposed aims.
Syllabus
- Marketing Strategy
- Strategic Analysis: Models for the assessment of product portfolio.
- Marketing strategy for growth.
- Marketing strategy for innovation.
- Marketing strategy for divestment.
- Marketing strategy for differentiation.
- Competitive marketing strategy.
Textbooks
BEST, R.J. (2007), Marketing Estratégico, Pearson Prentice Hall 4ª edición
HOOLEY, G.J.; SAUNDERS, J.A. y PIERCY, N.F. (2008): Marketing Strategy and
Competitive Positioning, Financial Times Prentice Hall, 4ª edición.
Kotler, P. y otros (2009). Dirección de Marketing, Prentice Hall, 12ª edición.
LAMBIN, J.-J y otros (2009): Dirección de marketing : gestión estratégica y operativa del
mercado, Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2ª edición
MUNUERA ALEMÁN, J.L. Y RODRIGUEZ ESCUDERO, A.I. (2007): Estrategias de
marketing. Un enfoque basado en el proceso de dirección., Esic Editorial.
VÁZQUEZ CASIELLES, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales,
Ed. Civitas, 4ª edición.
WALKER, O. C., BOYD, H. W.; MULLINNS, J. and LARRÉCHÉ, J.C. (2005): Marketing
Estratégico. Enfoque de toma de decisiones. Ed. MacGraw-Hill. 4ª edición.
Other references
205
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: CORPORATE STRATEGY
(ESTRATEGIAS CORPORATIVAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code (Código)
103831
Type (Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatorio)
Plan
Year
(Curso)
238
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Area
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
(Administración y Dirección de Empresas)
Virtual Campus
(Plataforma
Virtual)
E-learning
Platform
(Plataforma):
URL de
Acceso:
6
Semiannual
(Cuatrimestral)
Moodle
http://studium.usal.es
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
(Profesora Coordinadora)
Isabel Suárez González
Department
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Faculty
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
118 Edificio FES (Campus Miguel de Unamuno, Salamanca)
Office Hours
(URL Web)
(E-mail)
[email protected]
Professor
(Profesor)
Roberto Sánchez Gomez
Department
Phone
Teléfono
3003
Grupo / s
206
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Faculty
(Centro)
Room
(Despacho)
Office Hours
(URL Web)
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
Teléfono
3329
Objectives
The general objectives of the course are:
• Understanding the nature of business strategy and the mechanisms that support the business
survival at the industry in which competes.
• Seeking to understand and implement key strategic analytical tools.
• Gain an overview of the business that integrates the knowledge and skills developed throughout
functional specialization and highlighting the need for internal consistency both horizontally,
between business departments, and vertically, between different levels of analysis (corporate,
competitive and functional).
• The development of analytical skills that allow the student understand particular situations, for
example, the opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses involved, the competitive
advantages and disadvantages needed to formulate and implement different strategies, etc. Also,
of particular interest, is the development of critical and teamwork skills to analyze in depth case
studies.
Syllabus
The overall objective is to give students an overview of the different growth options available to
companies to operate in the market, and the method to implement these strategies. The lessons
of the course are:
Lesson 1: General notions of the growth and development of the Business.
Lesson 2. The vertical integration strategy. Concept. Typology. Advantages and disadvantages
compared to other alternatives.
Lesson 3. The strategy of product diversification. Competitive advantages and impact on
business results. The phenomenon of restructuring. The diversified company management.
Lesson 4. The internationalization of the company. Forms of entry into foreign markets. Global
strategies.
Lesson 5. Methods for growth. Internal growth. Mergers and acquisitions.
Lesson 6. Business cooperation. Types of agreements. Comparative perspective to other forms
of development.
207
9.- References
Textbooks
Grant, R. M. (2006): Dirección estratégica: Conceptos, técnicas y aplicaciones, 2ª ed. Cívitas,
Madrid.
Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la empresa. Teoría y
Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid. http://www.guerrasynavas.com/
ii.
-----
Fernández, E. (2005): Dirección Estratégica de la Empresa. Fundamentos y puesta en práctica,
Hill, Ch. y Jones (2005): Administración estratégica . Un enfoque integrado. McGraw Hill, 6ª ed.,
México.
Hitt, M.a.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica. Conceptos,
Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.
Johnson, G. y Scholes, K. y Whittington, R. (2006): Dirección Estratégica, Prentice Hall, 7ª ed.,
Madrid.
Sánchez Gómez, R. y González Benito, J. (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y
decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid.
208
ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS II
(MICROECONOMICS II)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103832
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Alfonso Bravo Juega
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
222 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday and Tuesday: 11h-14 h.
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3129
209
Objectives
The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly firms
under different types of markets. These analyses will give to the students a good
command of core concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of
relevant economic problems.
Syllabus
1. Perfect Competition.
2. General Equilibrium.
3. Monopoly.
4. Monopolistic Competition.
5. Monopsony.
6. Oligopoly.
7. Bilateral Monopoly
8. Welfare Economics
9. Practices.
- Innovation in firms.
- Large Firms and innovation.
- Innovation in medium and small firms.
- Firms and universities.
- Workshops on innovation cases.
Textbooks
Henderson, J.M. – Quandt, R.E., 1985. Teoría Microeconómica. Ariel Economía.
Nicholson, W, 2006. Microeconomía IIntermedia y Aplicaciones. Thompson Paraninfo.
Other references
-
210
APPLIED ECONOMICS: EU ECONOMICS
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103833
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
238
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Fernando Rodríguez López
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Antonio Uranga
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
139 and 140 (Building: Faculty of Law)
Office Hours
Prof. Rodríguez.-> Monday- Thursday: 10h-11h
Prof. Uranga.-> Monday and Thursday: 9h-11h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923292500
Ext.(Prof. Rodríguez):
1625
Ext. (Prof. Uranga): 3117
211
Objectives
The main goal of this subject is to provide the student of Business Administration with a
series of basic concepts about European Union (EU) institutions, its running rules and the
capital policies it carries out. The development of the syllabus is designed so as the student
gets used to handle the main normative sources and economic data of the EU.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The institutional system in the European Union (EU)
Budgetary process and financing in the EU
The European single market
Common policies in the EU
The Economic and Monetary Union
Macroeconomic policies, stability and fiscal pact
Textbooks
Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo, Rafael Bonete: Introducción a la Unión Europea: un Análisis desde
la Economía (4 ª ed.), Alianza Editorial, 2009
Other references
Jose Mª Jordán Galduf: Economía de la Unión Europea, Cívitas.
212
FOURTH YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
FINANCE: ANALYSIS AND FINANCIAL PLANNING
(ANALISIS Y PLANIFICACION FINANCIERA)
ANALISIS Y PLANIFICACION FINANCIERA
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103836
Code
(Código)
Elective
(Optativa)
Type
(Carácter)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Alvaro Jimenez Gutierrez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Appointment via email
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/ajimenez/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3524
213
Objectives
General objectives:
Acquiring the ability to analyze, diagnose and solve problems that are linked with economic
activities.
Develop the ability to transmit the knowledge gained appropriate language.
Know how to make an effective presentation in the company.
Know and use new information technologies and their application in the field of economics and
economic-financial area ..
Manage economic information available.
Develop the capacity for autonomous learning of new knowledge and techniques.
Acquiring the ability to work and communicate in disciplinary teams.
Acquiring the ability to adapt to new situations and economic contexts.
Specific objectives:
- Know how to capture and exploit within the company and depending on internal and external
factors that influence those in their march.
- Know the premises of economic and financial model to generate and analyze the most
important results and indicators.
- Be able to assess the different sources of funding according to their suitability and cost.
- Knowledge of various financial planning models ..
Syllabus
1. The financial analysis.
2. The business and financial objectives.
3. The financial information in the company.
4. Methods of financial analysis.
5. The profitability of the company. Performance and value creation.
6. By analysis of the company's solvency.
7. The growth of the company and the main variables.
8. Financial Planning. Simulation and optimization models
Textbooks
Amat Salas J.M. Planificación Financiera. (Eada Gestión Barcelona 1992).
Cuervo García, A. Análisis y Planificación Financiera de la Empresa (Civitas, Madrid 1994).
Other references
SUAREZ SUAREZ, A.S(2003) Decisiones optimas de Inversión y Financiación en la
empresa. Pirámide. Madrid 20ª Edición.
214
ACCOUNTING: AUDIT
(AUDITORIA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103837
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Arjola Mecaj
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
106 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3134
215
Objectives
This course pretends to supply the students with a global vision of the audit process of the
financial statements. At the end of the program, the students will be able to understand and
make use of the Standard Technical Regulation of Audit and, in particular, the process of
auditing of each balance sheet aggregates.
Syllabus
1. Audit of the Financial Statements
2. General Standard Regulation of Auditing
3. Regulation on implementation of audit program
4. Technical Regulation on Audit Report
5. Audit of Intangible Assets
6. Audit of Tangible Assets
7. Audit of Financial Investments.
8. Audit of Cash and Bank.
9. Audit of Inventories.
10. Audit of Receivables
11. Audit of Accounts Payable
12. Audit of Shareholders’ Equity.
Textbooks
Registro de Economistas Auditores.
— Manual de auditoría, objetivos, y procedimientos de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid, 2000.
— Control interno. Ed. R.E.A. 1994.
— Normas técnicas de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid 1993.
Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L.:Teoría y Práctica de auditoría. Tomo I Concepto y
Metodología. Tomo II. Análisis de Áreas, contabilidad fiscal y casos prácticos. Ed. Pirámide,
Madrid, 2000.
Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L., Tejeiro, N., Pascual, J. Metodología práctica de una
auditoría de cuentas. Ed. Deusto, Bilbao 1992.
Other references
Ley 19/1988, del 12 de julio, De auditoría de cuentas.
Real Decreto 1636/1990. del 20 de diciembre por el que se aprueba el reglamento que desarrolla
la ley 19/1988 de auditorías de cuentas.
Boletín oficial del I.C.A.C Instituto de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas.Plan General de
Contabilidad Real decreto 1514/2007 del 16 de noviembre. (BOE 20 de Noviembre).
Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas. Real Decreto 1515/2007 16 de
Noviembre. (BOE, 21 de Noviembre)
216
ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL AUDIT
(AUDITORIA INTERNA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103838
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
María Isabel González Bravo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Arjola Mecaj
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
127 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3007
217
Objectives
This course pretends to supply the students with a global vision of the internal audit process of
the financial statements. At the end of the program, the students will be able to understand and
perform an Internal Audit and, in particular, the process of auditing of each balance sheet
aggregates.
Syllabus
• Internal Control.
• Internal Control components
• Conceptual framework of internal audit
• Internal Audit methodology
• Management Audit.
• IT Audit.
• Human resources Audit
• Risk management Audit
• Internal Audit Report.
• Internal Audit in Public Administration.
Textbooks
Registro de Economistas Auditores.
— Manual de auditoría, objetivos, y procedimientos de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid, 2000.
— Control interno. Ed. R.E.A. 1994.
— Normas técnicas de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid 1993.
Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L.:Teoría y Práctica de auditoría. Tomo I Concepto y
Metodología. Tomo II. Análisis de Áreas, contabilidad fiscal y casos prácticos. Ed. Pirámide,
Madrid, 2000.
Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L., Tejeiro, N., Pascual, J. Metodología práctica de una
auditoría de cuentas. Ed. Deusto, Bilbao 1992.
Other references
Insitituto de Auditores Internos de España
218
ACCOUNTING: CONTROL INTERNO Y DE GESTIÓN
(INTERNAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103839
Plan
(Plan)
238
ECTS
6
Year
(Curso)
4
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Semester
(Semestral)
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Area
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
130 (FES Building)
Office Hours
MONDAY 11H-14H
TUESDAY 11H-14H
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext: 3009
219
Objectives
To learn the different terminology and basic concepts used to develop a good internal
control and management system.
To learn different models in business decision-making.
To learn models based on predicted data which businesses should apply in decisionmaking.
To learn different legislations and guidelines business must use to reflect the different
management models.
To learn new models and planning in the field of business management.
Syllabus
Subject 1. Internal and management control in decision-making
Subject 2. Opportunity costs as management guidelines
Subject 3. Joint production in decision-making
Subject 4. Partial and complete systems
Subject 5. Standard costs as management tools
Subject 6. French management model
Subject 7. Internal intros and management content and frameworks
Subject 8. New approaches in the business management field
Subject 9. Fundamental aspects in the ABC model
Subject 10. Budgetary management
Textbooks
Barcelona.
Santander.
Madrid.
Ariel, Barcelona.
ACCID.
220
Other references
PAPERS PUBLISHED AT TEACHER’S WEBPAGE http://web.usal.es/~igallego/
PAPERS WRITTEN BY STUDENTS AND PRESENTED AT UNIVERSITY OF SALAMANCA
RADIO WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF EDUCATIONAL INNOVATION IN THE YEARS
2010/2011, 2011/2012, 2012-2013
THE ACCESS TO THESE PAPERS, YOU WILL FIND AT USAL’S WEBPAGE THE LINKS
TO THE RADIO PROGRAM, IN THE LEFT MENU, AND GO TO ACCOUNTING AND
EDUCATIONAL INNOVATION.
WIKIPEDIA: INFORMATION COMPILED BY FOURTH YEAR GRADUATES FROM ADE
LICENCIATURE DURING THE YEAR 2012-2013.
221
COMMERCIAL LAW: COMMERCIAL LAW IN THE UE
(DERECHO MERCANTIL DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103840
Elective
(Optativa)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Mercantil
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Privado
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
222
LABOUR LAW: LABOUR LAW
(DERECHO LABORAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103841
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Employment and Social Security Law
(Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social)
Department
(Departamento)
Employment Law and Social Work
(Derecho del Trabajo y Trabajo Social)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jesús Baz Rodríguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Employment Law and Social Work
Área
(Área)
Employment and Social Security Law
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
173 (Faculty of Law Building)
Office Hours
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday (10-12 hrs.)
URL Web
www.usal.es
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294441
Extension: 1641
223
Objectives
1. Elemental knowledge about the structure and basic contents of Spanish
Employment Law and European Union Social Law, related to individual contract
relation and also collective or industrial work relations.
2. Development of skills in order to self-knowing and investigating in the field of
this broad part of Spanish Law, characterised by its frequent legal variations.
3. Development of skills in order to act as a legal labour law operator, being able to
apply this knowledge in the particular context of all kind and size of enterprises.
4. Adquirement of attitudes in order to build out tecnically funded opinions in
social and work related issues.
5. Being able to propose solutions to simple problems in the aplication of
Employment Law in the field of individual labour contract, such as contracting
of the workforce, execution of labour contract and also about its extinction.
6. Development of attitudes useful for management in the field of industrial
relations, focused to the knowledge of legal questions about this matter.
7. Adquirement of knowledge about legal contents on the resolutions of workforce
collective conflicts in the organisation.
8. Basic knowledge about administrative and jurisdictional resources related to the
application of Employment and Labour Law in Spain and also in the European
Union.
9. Development of skills useful for making strategic decisions in the field of human
resources in the enterprise, from the view of legal adjustment of such decisions.
10. Development of skills and knowledge in order to follow up into advanced studies
in the field of human resouces management.
Syllabus
-
Employment Law and its social function.
Constitucional regulation and Employment Law.
The work contract. Tipes of contracts and access to employment.
Work agencies, outsourcing and subcontracting.
The enterprise and the firm as the framework for labour relations.
Execution of the work contract.
Extinction of the work contract.
Trade Unions and entreprise collective associations.
Collective organisation and action in the enterprise.
Collective workforce conflicts and its solutions.
224
Textbooks
-
Albiol I., Camps J.M., López Gandía J., Sala Franco T.: Derecho del Trabajo.
Tirant lo Blanch, Valencia.
Alonso Olea M., Casas Baamonde, M.E.: Derecho del Trabajo. ThomsonCivitas, Madrid.
García Ninet J.I. (Dir.), Vicente Palacio A.: Derecho del Trabajo, Reuters
Thomson-Aranzadi, Pamplona.
Martín Valverde A., Rodríguez Sañudo F., García Murcia J.: Derecho del
Trabajo, Tecnos, Madrid.
Mercader Uguina J.R.: Lecciones de Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant lo Blanch,
Valencia.
Montoya Melgar A.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tecnos, Madrid.
Palomeque López M.C., Alvarez de la Rosa M.: Derecho del Trabajo. Ed.
Centro de Estudios Ramón Areces (CEURA). Madrid.
Vida Soria J., Monereo Pérez J.L., Molina Navarrete C.: Manual de Derecho
del Trabajo. Comares, Granada.
Other references
Recommended Web Sites:
-
Ministerio de Empleo: www.empleo.gob.es
Comisión Europea: Comisión Europea
Servicios Públicos de Empleo de España: www.spee.es
Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales: www.ceoe.es
Confederación Española de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa: www.cepyme.es
Comisiones Obreras: www.ccoo.es
Unión General de Trabajadores: www.ugt.es
Unión Sindical Obrera: www.uso.es
Consejería de economía y Empleo. Junta de Castilla y León:
www.jcyl.es/web/jcyl/EconomiaEmpleo/es
Electronic Resources: (www.usal.es)
-
Aranzadi WestLaw.
La Ley Digital.
Iustel (Portal del Derecho).
Tirant On Line.
225
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ADVANCED OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
(DIRECCIÓN AVANZADA DE OPERACIONES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103842
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Javier González Benito
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Carmen González-Zapatero Redondo
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
116 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3003
226
Objectives
The objective of this subject is to delve into some analytic techniques used to face some of the
structural and infrastructural decisions in the operations/production function studied in the
subject ‘Operations Management’.
Syllabus
Unit 0. Basic concepts of Operations Management (quick review of the subject
‘Operations Management’).
Unit 1. Design of logistics systems: route planning
Unit 2. Project planning and control
Unit 3. Inventory management
Textbooks
Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. y (2009): Administración de Operaciones, 12ª edición,
McGraw-Hill.
Domínguez, J, García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995): Dirección de Operaciones:
Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos, Cívitas,
Madrid.
Fernández Suárez, N., García Laguna, J., Martínez Ferreras, J. y San José Nieto, L.A. (1999): Gestión
de Stocks. Modelos de Optimización y Software, Secretariado de Publicaciones, Universidad de
Valladolid.
Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de Producción y Operaciones, 4ª edición, Thomson,
México.
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,, Prentice
Hall, Madrid.
Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (1999): Administración de Operaciones. Estrategia y Análisis, 5ª edición,
Prentice Hall, México.
Mathur, K. y Solow, D. (1996): Investigación de operaciones, Prentice Hall, México.
Martin Dávila, M. (1987): Métodos operativos de gestión empresarial, Pirámide, Madrid.
Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de Operaciones,
Thompson, Madrid.
Nahmias, S. (2007): Análisis de la producción y las operaciones, 5ª Edición, McGraw-Hill.
Pinedo, M. y Chao X. (1999): Operations scheduling with applications in manufacturing and services,
Irwin McGraw-Hill, 1999.
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd
edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres.
Winston, W.L. (2004): Investigación de Operaciones: Aplicaciones y Algoritmos, 4ª edición, Thompson,
México.
Other references
227
MARKETING: COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION
(DISTRIBUCIÓN COMERCIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103843
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
LIBIA SANTOS REQUEJO
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
319 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3008
228
Objectives
Providing students with a specific training on the sector that is responsible for the tasks related
to the distribution of goods and services.
Knowing and understanding the importance of commercial distribution in the economy.
Reviewing the functions involved in the distribution process.
Syllabus
• Commercial distribution framework.
• Agents of commercial distribution channel, design and management
• Transport, storage and inventory management
• Evolution and structure of retail distribution
• Methods and types of retailing sales.
• Location Decisions
• Policies and price assortment strategies.
• Merchandising and sales promotion decisions.
Textbooks
Casares, J. y Rebollo, A. (2000): Distribución Comercial, Civitas.
Díez, E. (coor.) (2004): Distribución Comercial, 3ª ed., McGraw-Hill.
Díez, E. y Landa, J. (1996): Merchandising. Teoría y práctica, Pirámide.
Fernández, N.; García, J.; Martínez, J. y San José, L. A. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Modelos
de Optimización y Software, Universidad de Valladolid
Ferrín, A.R. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Optimización de Almacenes, Fundación Confemetal
Miquel, S.; Parra, F.; Lhermie, C. y Miquel, M.J. (2006): Distribución Comercial, Esic.
Palomares, R. (2009): Merchandising. Teoría, práctica y estrategia, Esic.
Palomares, R. (2012): Marketing en el Punto de Venta, Esic.
Soret, I. (1997): Logística comercial y empresarial, 2ª ed., Esic.
Stern, L.W.; El-Ansary, A.I.; Coughlan, A.T. y Cruz, I. (1998): Canales de Comercialización (5ª
edición), Prentice Hall.
Vázquez, R. y Trespalacios, J. A. (2006): Estrategias de Distribución Comercial, Thomson.
Winston, W. L. (2005): Investigación de Operaciones. Aplicaciones y algoritmos, Thomson
Other referentes
http://www.alimarket.es/home
http://www.mercasa.es/publicaciones
http://www.anged.es/index.aspx
http://www.franquiciadores.com/
229
FINANCE: ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA INTERNACIONAL
(INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMY)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103844
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES BUILDING)
Office Hours
Apply through email
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3524
Requirements
230
Objetives
The aim of this course is to try to let them know internationally as they work the
Companies (EM), and how it develops financial economics, trying to teach Monetary
System (the Parliament, the International) and Market Operation forex, the risks of carrying
out specific projects and as trade relations are in different currencies, taking risks and trying
to anticipate and avoid situations that will occur in companies depending on different
variables.
Syllabus
1. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS: INTRODUCTION
Presentation:
1.1. - The multinational (EM).
1.1.1. - Definition
1.1.2. Features
1.1.3. Why companies become EMs?
1.1.4. Capital Needs in MS. Financing EMs (Item 5)
1.1.4.1. Funding Sources to C / P
1.1.4.2. Funding Sources for L / P
1.1.4.3. After-tax cost of financing sources.
1.1.4.4. Funds Transfer Mechanisms of EMs
1.1.5. Strategic philosophy of the EMs.
1.1.6. Commercial Payments. Pay International Media. (Item 6)
1.2-relevant aspects of international finance.
1.3-The determination of exchange rates.
2. INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM: FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET
2.1-The International Monetary System. (SMI)
2.2-The European Monetary System. (SME)
2.3-The forex market.
3. PARITY CONDITIONS IN E.F.I.
3.1-Arbitration and law of one price. Purchasing power parity.
3.2-The Fisher effect International Fisher effect.
3.3-parity theory of interest rates.
3.4-Relationship between forward exchange rates and the spot exchange rate expected in
the future.
4. EXCHANGE RISK MANAGEMENT
4.1-forecast exchange rates.
4.2-Types exchange risks. Financial risk management.
4.3-Transaction Risk Management: Techniques contractual, operational strategies,
Swaps.
6. CURRENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF ME
6.1-International Cash Management.
6.1.1-collection and payment procedures. (Item 1)
231
6.1.2-The Netting and The Pooling.
6.2-The customer management and stock in MS.
Lectures
Practice Lessons
Works Exhibitions
Discussions
Exercises
Teacher-led hours
Actual
Nonactual
Hours
Hours
Lectures
‐
‐
Practices
In class
In the
Indepent
Study hours
Total Hours
22,5
22,5
22,5
22,5
4,5
6
15
60
4,5
7,5
15
60
15
90
18
150
laboratory
‐
In computer
classroom
‐
In the field
‐
Display
Seminaries
Tutoríng
Follow-up online
Works
Other Activities
Exams
TOTAL
3
60
1,5
Text books
ARAGONÉS, J.R. (1990):
Economía Financiera Internacional. Pirámide. Madrid.
ALIBERT Z., ROBERT (1993):
Riesgo de Cambio y Financiación en la Empresa. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid.
BORREL, M. Y ROA A. (1990):
Los Mercados de Futuros Financieros. Ed. Ariel. Barcelona.
CORBÍ SAEZ, B. (1991):
Financiación Int. Análisis Económico e Instrumentación Jurídica. AC. Madrid.
DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991):
Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados financieros internacionales.
McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management
EITEMAN, D.K.; STONEHILL, A.I. y MOFFETT, M.H.(2.001):
Las Finanzas en las Empresas Multinacionales. 8ª edición. Ed. Prentice Hall.
232
GALLAGHER T. (2001): Administración Financiera. Teoría y Práctica.
MARÍN HITA L., MORENO LISO L. (2006)
Manual básico de la Letra de Cambio, el Cheque y el Pagaré, 2ªedición. Ed.@becedario
MARTIN JOSE LUIS; TELLEZ V., CECILIA (2006):
Finanzas Internacionales. Thomson.
M. RUGMAN, A. y M. HODGETTS, R. (1996):
Negocios Internacionales. Un enfoque de Administración Estratégica.
ONTIVEROS, E.; BERGES, A.; VALERO, F. J. y MANZANO, D. (1992):
Mercados Financieros Internacionales. Espasa Calpe. Madrid.
PEDROSA, M. (2003):
Los Mercados Financieros Internacionales y su globalización. Ed. AC. Madrid.
MERCADOS FINANCIEROS Todos por una causa (2012)
COLECCIÓN NUEVOS MERCADOS. Ed. Dykinson, S.L
Other References
Studium
Evaluation
General Conditions
TEST EXAM
Evaluation Criteria
Assessment Instruments
Recomendations
Recomendations for recovery
233
ECONOMIC HISTORY: BUSINESS HISTORY
(HISTORIA DE LA EMPRESA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103845
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
238
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Santiago M. Lopez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
FES Building Desk 231
Office Hours
Thursday, 9-12 h
URL Web
Studium
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3195
234
Objectives
General Purpose
The graduate should know the role of business in the global economy in the long run.
Specific Objectives
Knowing the basic theory of the firm, its economic nature, and the objectives and
organizational forms throughout history.
Understand the national and international economic realities, productive sectors, public
sector, financial institutions, and their evolution.
Syllabus
1. The economic nature of the firm and the entrepreneur.
2. Factories and skyscrapers: the evolution of the architecture of companies.
3. The nature of the company during the early capitalism.
4. The Industrial Revolution (I): The business world and the world of the work.
5. The Industrial Revolution (II): Specialization and company management in industry and
services.
6. Capitalist competition and business concentration (I): The "First Industrial Divide" in the
United States, Europe, and Japan.
7. Capitalist competition and business concentration (II): The emergence of managerial
capitalism.
8. The culmination of great corporations and managerial capitalism.
9. The "Second Industrial Divide": The forms of flexible production and recent trends in business
competitiveness.
Textbooks
Valdaliso, J.M. y López, S.M. (2006): Historia de la empresa. Crítica, Barcelona
Other references
235
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: BUSINESS INNOVATION
(INNOVACIÓN EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103846
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
131 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday 12,15 to 13 (appointment necessary)
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3009
236
Objectives
To introduce students to the main knowledge and skill competences necessary for strategic innovation
management.
Syllabus
Lecture 1. Introduction to innovation
Lecture 2. Creativity and learning
Lecture 3. Types and sources of innovation
Lecture 4. Internal technology generation
Lecture 5. External technology generation
Lecture 6. Appropriation mechanisms
Lecture 7. Technology strategy
Lecture 8. Organization structure for innovation
Lecture 9. Innovation environment
Textbooks
Fernández, E. (2005): Estrategia de Innovación, Paraninfo, Madrid
Schilling, M.A. (2008): Dirección Estratégica de la Innovación Tecnológica, McGraw-Hill,
Madrid.
Other references
Acosta, J.M. (2011): Trabajo en Equipo, Esic Editorial, Madrid
Barba, E. (2011): Innovación. 100 Consejos para Inspirarla y Gestionarla, Libros de
Cabecera, Barcelona
Fernández, A.P. (2009): Innovación y Gestión de Nuevos Productos. Una Visión Estratégica
y Práctica, Pirámide, Madrid
Gómez, J.M., Fuentes, M.M., Batista, R.M. y Hernández, R. (2012): Manual de Casos sobre
Creación de Empresas en España, McGraw-Hill, Madrid
Ivanovic, D. y Larrea, J.L. (2010): Tiempo ¿Muerto? para Innovar, Pirámide, Madrid
Larrea, J.L. (2010): Teoría (Imperfecta) de la Innovación, Pirámide, Madrid
Supplementary material could be recommended.
237
MARKETING: MARKETING INTERNACIONAL
(MARKETING INTERNACIONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103847
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
JUAN MARIA MARTIN GOMEZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
322 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
677.912203
Extension:N/A
238
Objectives
11. Comprehension and understanding of the International Marketing Management,
what means: it contents, scope, and the applications in the business decision
making.
12. To know and understand the information sources and the different tools the
International Marketing provides for the internationalization of the firm.
13. Knowledge capabilities:
Theoretical: International Marketing concepts comprehension:
- Firm situation for export
- Way of Access to the Markets
- Market selections
- Study of targeted Market
- Porter´s 4P´s application
Practical:
Set up a Business Plan
Syllabus
Scheme .-Cateora-Kotler-S. Hollensen
1. Global Marketing Management. Planning and Organization.
Franchise video wines
2.- Global Market research. Fruits video
3.- Development of goods, brands ( Julio Cerviño)
4.- Industrial and Services Product Marketing.
5.- Industrial Distribution system. Video furnitures
6.- Logistic in foreign trade Distribution.
7.- Communication. Advertising and and global promotion.(Kotler 2000)
Practical aspects: s. Angeles G. ESIC
Video. Distribution and brands Conference
8.International
prices.International
Marketing
Global.Video. Payments Conference .(Ramón Boixados)
Needs
9.- Marketing Assessment and control( Kotler 2000)
10.- International Commercial Agents( Pablo Arrabal)
Libro-GuíaTrabajo : Marketing Plan: Sainz de Vicuña. ESIC
239
Textbooks

Marketing internacional. Cateora. IRWIN 8ª ed.(tema 10 y 11 Y parte 12Y 13) 1995

Plan de Marketing en la práctica. JM Sainz de Vicuña. ESIC 2ª edic. (18ed-2009)

Estrategias de MK. Internacional . Svend Hollensen Jesús Aarteaga. PEARSON 4º ed.

De consulta recomendada:

Dirección de Marketing. Kotler. PRENTICE HALL Milenium Tema 16 ,17y 19)

Marcas internacionales. Julio Cerviño Piramide. (Tema 12) 2002
2010
2000

El comercio inter.. Incertidumbres y soluciones, R. Boixados.Pirámide ( tema18)

Planificación Medios: Angeles G. Lobo/Enri.Carreño.ESIC 2ºed.( tema16) 1999

El Agente Comercial Internacional. Pablo Arrabal. Ed. Paraninfo.(tema 20)

La imagen de marca de paises. J,F. Vall. ESADE/mcgraw hill. ( TEMA 12)
Intercambio Compensado. Pieiro/Ras. MCGRAW hill ( TEMA 13
1995.
1993
1993
1993
Other references
-
240
FOURTH YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
MARKETING: COMMERCIAL COMMUNICATION
(COMUNICACIÓN COMERCIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103854
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Miguel Ángel Prado Prieto
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
311 (FES Building)
Office Hours
W&Th 16:00-18:00
URL Web
http://www.miguelangelprado.com
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3486
241
Objectives
Learn the main tools to analyze the competitive situation of a company marketing
Apply knowledge to any type of company and market
Synthesize the measures of market response and its relationship with marketing objectives
Learn the major components of a marketing plan
Evaluate the performance of the main objectives of the marketing function
Syllabus
Introduction to Marketing simulation: Operational marketing: 4 Ps
Brand Management
Communication: Nature and Function
Mix-media: integrated communication
Advertising
Sales promotion
Sponsorship, PPRR
Below the Line Communication
Sales Force
Textbooks
COMUNICACIÓN COMERCIAL: conceptos y aplicaciones. Ignacio A. Rodríguez del Bosque,
Javier de la Ballina Ballina. Editorial CIVITAS, 2ª Edición.
Other references
-
242
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(ADMINISTRACIÓN DE RECURSOS HUMANOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103848
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Lucía Muñoz Pascual
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (1st Floor, Departmental Building FES)
Office Hours
Friday: 10:00-13:00 and Thursday: 12:00-14:00
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/luciamp/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+923 29 45 00 Ext. 3524
243
Objectives
Knowledge by the student a competitive frame of the company and the role of human
resources in the design of economic strategy and proposing alternatives in matters of
human resources.
Syllabus
LESSON 1: Microeconomic Fundamentals and conceptual Human Resources.
LESSON 2: Motivation, contracts, information and incentives in the employment
relationship.
LESSON 3:Attraction and selection of workers.
LESSON 4: Economics of human capital and training.
LESSON 5: Economics of incentives to effort.
LESSON 6: Job Design and Analysis
LESSON 7: Human Resource Planning.
LESSON 8: Audit of Human Capital.
LESSON 9: Labor Market Analysis today
Textbooks
Microeconomics and behavior. Fourth Edition. Robert H. Frank
Principles of Economics. N. Gregory Mankiw
Contractual analysis of the company. Marcial Pons. B. Arruñada
Economics, organization and management of the company. Ariel Ed. P. Milgrom and
J. Roberts
Other references
The human resource management. Madrid: Madrid. McGraw Hill. S. Dolan and R.
Valle
(2007)
Organizational Behavior. Mexico: Mc Graw-Hill. JM Ivancevich (2006)
Organizational Behavior. Mexico. Mc Graw-Hill. F. Luthans (2008)
Human resource management: a strategic approach. Madrid: Mc Graw-Hill. M.A E.M
Sastre and Aguilar (2003).
244
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
(COMPORTAMIENTO ORGANIZACIONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103849
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
Área
(Área)
Social Psychology
(Psicología Social)
Department
(Departamento)
Social Psychology and Antropology
(Psicología Social y Antropología)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis González Fernández
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Social Psychology and Antropology
(Psicología Social y Antropología
Área
(Área)
Social Psychology
(Psicología Social)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
307 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday and Wednesday from 09:00 to 11:00
URL Web
http://moodle.usal.es
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3116
245
Objectives
This course deals with human behavior in organizations. Conceptual frameworks, case
discussions, and skill-oriented activities are applied to course topics which include: motivation,
learning and development, group dynamics, leadership, communication, change, diversity,
organizational design, and culture.
The principal objective of this course are:
‐ To gain a solid understanding of human behavior in the workplace from an individual,
group, and organizational perspective.
‐ To obtain frameworks and tools to effectively analyze and approach various
organizational situations.
‐ To facilitate a critical evaluation of organizational practices and their impact on work
behaviors, attitudes and performance
‐ To understand and explain theories about organizational behavior, including theories of
personality, teamwork, employee motivation, organizational culture, structure, change,
and leadership.
‐ To develop skills in diagnosing organizational problems, assessing behavioral data,
identifying and applying relevant concepts and theories, analyzing strengths and
weaknesses of theoretical models and explanations, and devising appropriate solutions.
Syllabus
At the start of the course will be given a detailed program Topics, Seminars and Workshops for
the course.
Theoretical issues:
‐ The human capital.
‐ Basis of the individual's behavior: perception, attribution, and values.
‐ Learning and personality.
‐ The role of emotions at work: emotional intelligence and work engagement.
‐ Attitudes: job satisfaction, organizational commitment and job involvement.
‐ Work motivation.
‐ Behavior in work groups and teams.
‐ Leadership
‐ Communication, conflict and negotiation.
‐ Climate and organizational Culture.
Theoretical/practical issues:
‐ Job design.
‐ Characteristics of the instruments of human capital assessment.
‐ Human capital audit.
Practical issues:
Each topic undertakes various practices to applied analysis of the theoretical concepts
presented.
246
Textbooks
ROBBINS, S.P. (2011). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Prencite‐Hall. IVANCEVICH, J.M (2006). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Thomson. HELLRIEGEL, D. y SLOCUM, J. W. (2004). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Thomson. LUTHANS, F. (2008). Comportamiento organizacional. México: McGraw‐Hill. NEWSTROM, J.W. (2007). El comportamiento humano en el trabajo. México: McGraw‐Hill. 247
MARKETING: MARKETING SECTOR
(MARKETING SECTORIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103850
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
311 (FES Building)
Office Hours
W&Th 16:00-18:00
URL Web
http://www.miguelangelprado.com
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3486
248
Objectives
There are many different types of organisation: students will learn the main tools to analyze the
competitive situation of a company marketing.
Apply knowledge to any type of company and market.
Synthesize the measures of market response and its relationship with marketing objectives
Learn the major components of a marketing plan.
Evaluate the performance of the main objectives of the marketing function.
Syllabus
Marketing and the organization
The tools of marketing
Industrial Marketing
Marketing in the public sector
e-Commerce
Textbooks
Marketing turístico. Antoni Serra Cantallops. Ediciones Pirámide.
Other references
Marketing social corporativo. Francisco Javier Barranco Saiz. Ediciones Pirámide.
Marketing farmacéutico. Dolores María Frías Jamilena. Ediciones Pirámide.
249
ACCOUNTING: ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT
(DIRECCIÓN ECONÓMICA)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103851
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Administración y Economía de la Empresa
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
250
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT SKILLS
(HABILIDADES DIRECTIVAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103852
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
131 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday 12,15 to 13 (appointment necessary)
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3009
251
Objectives
To introduce students to the main management skills necessary to achieve success on a professional and
personal level.
Syllabus
Lecture 1. Management work
Lecture 2. Motivation
Lecture 3. Communication
Lecture 4. Leadership
Lecture 5. Teamwork
Lecture 6. Meeting management
Lecture 7. Delegation
Lecture 8. Decision making
Lecture 9. Diversity management
Lecture 10. Conflict management
Lecture 11. Change management
Lecture 12. Creativity and learning
Lecture 13. Negociation
Lecture 14. Time management
Textbooks
Acosta, J.M. (2011): Dirigir. Liderar, Motivar, Comunicar, Delegar, Dirigir Reuniones…, Esic
Editorial, Madrid.
Urcola, J.L. (2010): Dirigir Personas: Fondo y Formas, Esic Editorial, Madrid.
Other references
Acosta, J.M. (2009): Gestión Eficaz del Tiempo y Control del Estrés, Esic Editorial, Madrid
Acosta, J.M. (2011): Trabajo en Equipo, Esic Editorial, Madrid
Covey, S.R. (2010): Los 7 Hábitos de la Gente Altamente Efectiva, Paidós, Barcelona
De Manuel, F. y Martínez-Vilanova, R. (2011): Técnicas de Negociación. Un Método Práctico,
Esic Editorial, Madrid
Erice, J. (2010): Convencer. Descubra los Secretos de los Grandes Comunicadores, Esic
Editorial, Madrid
Fisher. R., Ury, W. y Patton, B. (2012): Obtenga el Sí. El Arte de Negociar sin Ceder,
Ediciones Gestión 2000, Barcelona
Palomo, M.T. (2011): Liderazgo y Motivación de Equipos de Trabajo, Esic Editorial, Madrid
Urcola, J.L. (2011): La Motivación Empieza en Uno Mismo, Esic Editorial, Madrid
Supplementary material could be recommended
252
FINANCE: ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA INTERNACIONAL
(INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMY)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103844
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES BUILDING)
Office Hours
Apply through email
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3524
Requirements
253
Objetives
SHOW THE OPERATION OF FINANCIAL MARKETS OFFERING MORE POSSIBILITIES
OF INVESTMENT, EITHER BY ITS WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AS PER YOUR
Complementarity.
ANALYZING PRODUCT FEATURES THAT THEY NEGOTIATE, VALUATION
METHODS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES OFFERED TO
INVESTORS OR PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.
Syllabus
1. MARKETS AND FINANCIAL ASSETS
2. MONEY MARKETS
3. MARKETS AND FIXED ASSETS
4. MARKETS EQUITY ASSETS
5. MARKETS AND PRODUCTS
6. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS.
ANNEX I. TOOLS FOR FINANCIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT
ANNEX II. INTERNET ADDRESSES AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION SOURCES.
Lectures
Practice Lessons
Works Exhibitions
Discussions
Exercises
Teacher-led hours
Actual
Nonactual
Hours
Hours
22,5
22,5
Lectures
‐ In class
Practices
Indepent
Study hours
Total Hours
22,5
22,5
‐ In the field
‐ Display
Seminaries
Tutoríng
Follow-up online
Works
Other Activities
Exams
4,5
6
TOTAL
3
60
15
60
4,5
7,5
15
60
15
90
18
150
1,5
254
Text books
BORREGO RODRIGUEZ, A.,GARCIA ESTEVEZ,P.:
PRODUCTOS FINANCIEROS,PRENTICE HALL,2005
Other References
Studium
Evaluation
General Conditions
TEST EXAM
Evaluation Criteria
Recomendations
255
FINANCE: FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS
(MERCADOS E INSTITUCIONES FINANCIERAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103855
Code
(Código)
Elective
(Optativa)
Type
(Carácter)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Ignacio Pizarro Maderal
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
(FES Building)
Office Hours
REQUESTED BY EMAIL BEFORE
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 1032
256
Objectives
The goal is that students learn the general operation of our financial system, know their products
(Financial Assets), intermediaries and markets in which they operate. Also know the functions of
the Central Banks, Monetary Policy development, the European Central Bank (ECB) and the
European System of Central Banks (ESCB).
It will present the work way of stock markets and credit institutions and other official financial
intermediaries, with analysis and commentary from all the financial news, so notorious in recent
years. Students will do works of practical implementation of the theoretical content exposed in
class
Syllabus
ITEM 1. SPANISH I FINANCIAL SYSTEM (Part One)
ITEM 2. SPANISH II FINANCIAL SYSTEM (Part Two)
ITEM 3. THE BANK OF SPAIN AND MONETARY POLICY: MONETARY
INDICATORS
ITEM 4. MONEY MARKET.
Concept and characteristics. Private interbank market. Market Treasury notes
and bills. - Company Notes. - Market drafts. - Mortgage securities market.
ITEM 5. CAPITAL MARKET: MARKET.
Interbank market. - Public Debt Market. - Letters Securities Market.
ITEM 6. CAPITAL MARKET: THE STOCK MARKET. OPERATION AND
FEATURES.
ITEM 7. PRIVATE BANKING, SAVINGS, CREDIT INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER
OFFICIAL FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY.
ITEM 8. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
MARKETS. IMS.
257
Textbooks
MARTÍN MARÍN, J.L.; TRUJILLO PONCE A. (2004) : Manual de Mercados Financieros.
Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid.
PEDROSA M. (2003): Los mercados financieros internacionales y su globalización. Editorial
AC. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid.
CUERVO, A.; RODRÍGUEZ SAIZ, L.; PAREJO, J.A.; CALVO, A. (1997): Manual del Sistema
Financiero Español. Ariel Economía, Barcelona.
TRUJILLO, J.A., CUERVO, C.; VARGAS, F.(1998): El Sistema Financiero Español. Editorial
Ariel. Barcelona.
FABOZZI, F. J. ; MODIGLIANI, F. (1996): Mercados e Instituciones Financieras. Prentice Hall
Hispanoamericana, S.A.
MASCAREÑAS PÉREZ, J.; CHACÓN BLANCO, J.E. (1995): Activos y Mercados
Financieros. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid.
ONTIVEROS, E.; VALERO, F.J. (1994): Introducción al Sistema Financiero Español. Ed.
Cívitas.
DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991): Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados
financieros internacionales. McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management.
Other references
Mascareñas
J.
(1998):
"Macrofusiones
bancarias"
,
Expansión
(http://www.ucm.es/info/jmas/doc/exp2.htm)
Diaz J. : "Cómo reducir sus costes de descuento bancario" , Revista "Parentesis" nº 1, 1996 ,
(http://www.joandiazsl.es/revista1/artconsu.html)
"Banco de España" Una breve historia, la legislación relevante y los órganos se describen en
esta página, (http://www.bde.es/)
"El Fondo Monetario Internacional", El FMI recoge en su página noticias con gráficos
explicativos sobre temas de la economía mundial (http://www.imf.org/)
"G7", Desde 1975, los líderes de los 7 países más industrializados del mundo se reúnen
para debatir los problemas económicos y políticos de la comunidad internacional.
(http://www.g7.com/)
www.bde.es
www.meff.es
www.bbva.es
www.invertia.com
www.finanzas.es
www.ine.com
www.mercadodivisas.rastreador.com
www.ico.es
www.elconfidencial.com/mercados/
258
ACCOUNTING: CORPORATE OPERATIONS
(OPERACIONES SOCIETARIAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103856
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
María Isabel González Bravo
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Arjola Mecaj
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
127 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3007
259
Objectives
Knowledge of the principles and regulation of the process of the constitution of a company and
its accounting treatments as well as the application of the rules that regulate the valuation of
the corporate. Accounting reflection of all the actions in the process of constitution, capital
increase, capital reduction and the transformation of the company.
Syllabus
- Constitution of a company.
- Valuation and accounting reflection of other equity components. Profit application,
subsidies and reserve generation.
- Determination of the corporate tax cost and its accounting. The economic effect of the
differences between tax rules and accounting rules.
- Valuation and accounting reflection of the operations on own shares.
- Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of bonds.
- Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of company merges.
- Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of company division.
- Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of the situations gathered in the
Insolvency Law.
- Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of liquidation and dissolution of a
company.
Textbooks
All the supporting material will be facilitated at the beginning of the course.
Other references
260
APPLIED ECONOMICS: REGULATION AND MARKETS
(REGULACIÓN DE MERCADOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103857
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
238
Year
(Curso)
4
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Department of Applied Economics
(Departamento de Economía Aplicada)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Ignacio Sánchez Macías, PhD.
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Department of Applied Economics
(Departamento de Economía Aplicada)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Law School
Office
(Despacho)
# 145 (Law School Building
145 (Facultad de Derecho)
Office Hours
M 10-12 & 16-18; X 10-11 & 17-18pm (prv. appt.)
L de 10-12 y de 16-18; X de 10-11 y de 17-18 (previa cita)
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
923294500 ext 3029
261
Objectives
The main objective of this course is to provide the student with concepts and tools required to
understand:
- Rationale for government intervention in the economy through regulatory mechanisms,
both from of normative and positive points of view.
- Mechanisms, limits, scope and extent of Spanish regulation.
- Evaluation of its effects from both allocative and distributive grounds.
The course syllabus is oriented and designed to foster critical thinking skills regarding the
economic and institutional conditions of public sector regulatory activity. As an additional
outcome the student should be able to independently identify, locate and analyse the main
sources of statistical and legal information on a given topic.
Syllabus
1. Competition, monopoly and market power.
2. Game theory and oligopoly theory.
3. Economic regulation: principles, history and methods.
4. First best pricing
5. Regulatory mechanisms.
6. Restructuring and regulation.
In order to help the student to become familiar with the use of English in the professional field, a
session may be programmed in this language (the student may participate voluntarily).
Textbooks
Cabral, L. (1997): Economía Industrial, McGraw Hill.
Crew, M. A. y Parker, D. eds. (2006): International Handbook on Economic Regulation, North
Holland.
Crew, M. y Kleindorfer, P. (2004): Regulatory Economics: Recent Trends in Theory and
Practice, mimeo.
Joskow, P. (2006): Regulation of natural monopoly”, Handbook of Law and Economics, vol. 2,
North Holland. Cap. 16.
Lasheras, M.A. (1999): La Regulación Económica de los Servicios Públicos, Ariel Economía.
Pepall, L., Richards, D. y Norman, G. (2007): Organización industrial. Teoría y práctica
contemporáneas, Thomson.
Viscusi, W.K, Vernon, J.M. y J.E. Harrington (2005): Economics of Regulation and Antistrust,
MIT Press.
Other references
Armstrong, M., S. Cowan y J. Vickers (1994), Regulatory Reform: Economic Analysis and the
British Experience, MIT Press.
Crew, M. y Kleindorfer, P. (2002) Regulatory Economics: Twenty Years of Progress?, Journal
of Regulatory Economics, 21 (1): 5-22, January.
Dieter Helm (2003): British Utility Regulation: Theory Practice and Reform. Oxford Review Vol
10 nº 3 pp 17-39.
Kirpactrick, C y Parker, D. (2012): Measuring Regulatory Performance. OECD, Paris
262
Lafont, J. J. y Martimort, D. (2001) The Theory of Incentives: The Principal-Agent Model,
Princeton University Press.
Lafont, J.J. y J. Tirole (1993), A Theory of Incentives in Procurement y Regulation, MIT Press.
Perez Arriaga, I (1998): Visión global del cambio en la regulación. Documento DT 001/98 de
la CNSE
http://www.cmt.es
http://www.cncompetencia.es
http://www.cne.es
263
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE
MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DE LA INFORMACIÓN Y DEL CONOCIMIENTO)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103858
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
238
4
Área
(Área)
Organización de Empresas
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
264
MATHEMATICS: BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
(TECNOLOGÍAS DE LA INFORMACIÓN PARA LA EMPRESA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
10859
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
238
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
(Economía e Historia de la Empresa)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Fernando E. Almaraz Menéndez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
(Economía e Historia de la Empresa)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
203 (FES Building)
Office Hours
To be appointed by e-mail
URL Web
http://diarium.usal.es/falmaraz/
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3513
265
Objectives
1. Understand the principles of information technology and link them with business
management knowledge.
2. Understand the different types of current technological applications that support the
company’s value system
3. Understand the process of IT information systems design and implementation.
4. Identify the information technology area within an organization.
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Business information systems and technology.
Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP)
Supply Chain Management Systems (SCM)
Customer Relationships Management Systems (CRM)
Business Intelligent Systems to support decision making (BI)
Internet business presence: company website, social networking and e-commerce
Information Security
Management of business information systems and technology systems in the enterprise.
Textbooks
Gómez Vieites, A.; Suárez Rey, C. (2011): Sistemas de Información. Herramientas prácticas
para la gestión empresarial (4º ed.). Editorial Ra-Ma Empresa.
Other references
Laudon, K.; Laudon, J.(2013): Management Information Systems (13th Edition). Pearson
Education.
Sieber, S.; Valor, J.; Porta, V.(2006): Los sistemas de Información en la empresa actual.
Aspectos estratégicos y alternativas tácticas.
266
BACHELOR DEGREE IN SMALL AND MEDIUM
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
(GRADO EN GESTIÓN DE PEQUEÑAS Y
MEDIANAS EMPRESAS)
2016-2017
267
FIRST YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103900
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Profesor Coordinador
ANA ISABEL PRIETO CUERDO
Department
Departamento
Area
Área
Center
Centro
Facultad de Economía y Empresa
Office
Despacho
312
Office hours
Horario de tutorías
Shall be determined at the start of the course
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
Teléfono
Grupo / s
AyB
+34923294640
Extension 3486
268
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
GABRIEL HIDALGO MORENO
Grupo / s
Department
Departamento
Area
Área
Center
Centro
Office
Despacho
009
Office hours
Shall be determined at the start of the course
SE DETERMINARAN AL INICIAR EL CURSO
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
C
Teléfono
Objetives
Performed a detailed analysis, from the perspective of the creation and organization of
companies, business, introducing at the same time, Student in the basic first concept of
business, and their relationship with the environment, competitive analysis and business
development
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Business & entreprenuer: Functions & Resources.
Company nature.
Business, environment & competition: Company’s relationship with its environment.
Business objectives and business result.
Types of Business: classification criteria
Business Decisions: growth, cooperation.
Management Business: management influence in company decision.
Business development.
References
Textbooks
Sánchez, R. y Gónzalez, J. Administración de empresas: objetivos y decisiones. M;cGraw
Hill. 2012.
Iborra, M. Dasi, A. “Fundamentos de Dirección de Empresas”. Thompson, 2008
Maynar, P. “La economía de la empresa en el espacio europeo de educación superior”
McGraw Hill. 2008.
269
ACCOUNTING: BASES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103901
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Raquel García Rubio
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
responsabilidad
docente)
Ana Sánchez Moya
Jennifer Martínez Ferrero
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
s
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Moya): 3203
Extension (Prof. Martínez): 3203
270
Objectives
1. To know the structure and contents of the Annual Accounts as an instrument of
communication of economic and financial information in a business environment.
2. To know the utility of the accounting information for the different interest groups (users) with
the aim of rationalising the taking-decision process.
3. To know the concepts, instruments and basic aims of financial accounting.
4. To understand the accounting process: the creation of a company, the closure of a financial
year, the transactions of the business activities and their effect on the economic and financial
information that is issued by the company.
5. To know the national regulation about the implementation and provision of the economic and
financial information and their implications in the business obligations, as well as their link with
fiscal regulations.
6. To identify economic events, through real commercial documents and to put correctly into
practice the valuation criteria.
7. To know the use of accounting concepts, mechanisms and instruments for recording correctly
the transactions.
8. To carry out and dominate the accounting cycle process in relation to the legal obligations of
the companies.
9. To prepare economic and financial information, concretely the Annual Accounts, in
accordance with the regulations.
10. To know how to prepare, to regularise and register the compulsory accounting Textbooks, in
accordance with the regulations.
Syllabus
The accounting information system.
Conceptual framework.
The accounting method: the double-entry method
Business assets.
The registration process: techniques and accounting Textbooks.
The net profit of the financial year.
The accounting cycle.
The standardisation process and accounting planning.
The General Accounting Plan.
Textbooks
PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD Y DE PYMES 2008 (REALES DECRETOS 1514/2007
Y 1515/2007, DE 16 DE NOVIEMBRE)
HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2007): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
URIAS VALIENTE, J. (1997): Introducción a la Contabilidad. Teoría y Supuestos, Ed.
Pirámide, MaARQUERO, J.L. JIMENEZ, S.M. Y RUIZ, I. (2008): Introducción a la
contabilidad financira, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.
GONZÁLEZ ALBERO, J., BAÑÓN CALATAVA, C., SERRANO CARDON, M.J., VERDÚ
LLORCA, V., BELTRÁN MARTÍNEZ, E.C., RUIZ MANERO, E., RODRÍGUEZ MANFREDI, L
y GARCÍA PÉREZ, M. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid
271
Other references
Plan General de Contabilidad, Plan General de contabilidad de PYMES
272
MATHEMATICS: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
(MATEMÁTICA EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103902
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mª Aurora Manrique García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
José Manuel Gutiérrez Díez
Anastasio González del Mazo
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
207, 201 and 214 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Previous appointment
URL Web
http://www.usal.es/webusal/node/46
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Manrique): 3180
Ext. (Prof. Gutiérrez): 3126
273
Objectives
•
•
•
To acquire and to use the basic elements of matrices and linear equation systems, and
the theory of real functions of one and two variables (instrumental knowledge).
models.
Syllabus
1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory.
2. Properties of matrices and determinants. Systems of linear equations.
3. Theory of functions of one variable.
i.
Limits and continuity.
ii.
Derivability.
4. Real functions of two variables.
i.
Continuity.
ii.
Derivability
5. Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization.
Textbooks
M.D. García Sanz, B. García-Bernalt, A. Manrique y J.C. Rodríguez, Manual práctico de
Matemáticas para Economía y Empresa, Delta Publicaciones, 2006.
J.R. Vizmanos, F. Alcaide Guindo y J. Hernández Gómez, Matemáticas, ciencias y
tecnología, 2º Bachillerato, Ediciones SM, 2009.
M. Spiegel y R. Moyer, Álgebra, McGraw Hill / Interamericana de España, Schaum, 2004.
F. Ayres y E. Mendelson, Cálculo, McGraw Hill / Interamericana de España, Schaum, 2004.
Other references
A.C. Chiang y K. Wainwright, Métodos fundamentales de economía matemática, Mc Graw
Hill, 2006.
A. González del Mazo, Álgebra y cálculo, Librería Cervantes, 2005.
G. Jarne, I. Pérez-Gasa y E. Minguillón, Matemáticas para la economía, McGraw Hill, 1997.
R. Larson y B.H. Edwards, Cálculo 1 de una variable, McGraw Hill, 2010.
R. Larson y B.H. Edwards, Cálculo 2 de dos variables, McGraw Hill, 2010.
K. Sydsaeter y P. J. Hammond, Matemáticas para el análisis económico, Prentice Hall, 1995.
SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito como Maxima, un
sistema de álgebra computacional, http://maxima.sourceforge.net/es/ ).
274
ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103903
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
239
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
ISABEL MARÍA GARCIA MARTÍN
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
PALOMA BAYO ROVIRA
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
225 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
ailto:[email protected]
s
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Bayo): 3511
275
Objectives
8. Understanding basic economic concepts, especially those useful for small firms.
problems.
10. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis to the field of small
businesses.
Syllabus
2. Consumers and firms
3. Goods Markets. The Efficiency of Markets. Market Regulation
4. Labour Market: Demand, Supply, and Wages’ Determination. The Role of Unions
5. The Macroeconomic Approach. Measuring the Economic Variables. Unemployment
and Inflation. Economic Growth and Business Cycle. The Impact of Economic Policies
Textbooks
Economia, Teoría y Prácticas: Blanco, J. M.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Principios de Economía: Martín Simón, J.L.(Ed. Prentice Hall).
Economía: Begg, D. et al. (Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Economía, Teoría y Política: Mochón, F.( Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).
Other references
276
MATHEMATICS: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
(TECNOLOGÍAS DE LA INFORMACIÓN EN GESTIÓN EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103904
Code
(Código)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Type
(Carácter)
239
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
1
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Federico Cesteros Muñoz
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Fernando Almaraz Menéndez
Guillermo Sánchez León
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Prof. Cesteros:
Tuesday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Cesteros): 3513
Ext. (Prof. Almaraz): 3519
Ext. (Prof. Sánchez): 3126
277
Objectives
•
•
•
•
To understand the role of information and communication technologies (ICT) in small
and medium-sized enterprises (SME) management.
To know the technological infrastructure of SME and its basic components.
To get familiar with the use of information and communication technologies in SME.
To be able to design simple and useful software applications for business management.
To develop time management and autonomous work skills.
Syllabus
1. Theoretical contents.
i.
ICT and SME
ii.
ICT and its impact on business management.
iii.
Netowork infrastructure for small business.
iv.
Internet and SME.
2. Practical contents.
i.
Using Excel to study models for business and operations management.
ii.
Using WordPress (Diarium) to create and mantain blogs and web sites.
Textbooks
Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Guías Prácticas. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Madrid,
2007.
IDC España: TIC para las PYMES. Lid Editorial Empresarial S.L. Madrid, 2007
Sieber, S.; Valor, J.; Porta, V: Los sistemas de información en la empresa actual.
McGrawHill. Madrid, 2006.
Other references
AECEM: Libro Blanco del Comercio Electrónico. Guía Práctica de Comercio Electrónico para
PYMES. http://www.libroblanco.aecem.org/, 2010
Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Avanzados. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.
Madrid, 2007.
DigiZen: Manual de WordPress 2.7, 2010 http://www.vidadigital.net/blog/2008/12/10/manualwordpresscom-27-en-formato-pdf/
Valdés-Miranda Cros, C. y Plasencia López, Z.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales
Imprescindibles. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Madrid, 2007.
278
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103905
Code
(Código)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Type
(Carácter)
239
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
1
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Quarterly
(Trimestral
(2º parte del
1º semestre))
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Amparo Bejarano Rubio
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Elisa Botella Rodríguez
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
227 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Prof. Bejarano: Monday: 10:00-12:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3179
[email protected]
279
Objectives
Main course goals:
- Know classifying the main economic facts during the contemporary history
- Relate and use basic economic concepts relating to historical events and the study of
the territory.
- Analyze graphs and draw conclusions from data sets
Syllabus
1. - Overview Economic History of the West
2. - The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850)
3. - The first globalization (1870-1913)
4. - The interwar period (1913-1945)
5. - The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973)
6. - The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries
Textbooks
PUV.
Other references
http://www.gapminder.org/ http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/
http://seneca.uab.es/historia/
http://estudios.universia.es/recursos/auladigital/historia/index.htm#contemporanea
http://www.artehistoria.jcyl.es/ http://clio.rediris.es/
http://www.historiasiglo20.org/ http://www.educahistoria.com/javierosset/
280
FIRST YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF PRIVATE
PATRIMONIAL LAW
(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO PRIVADO PATRIMONIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103906
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
JUAN JOSÉ REAL OLIVA
PILAR GONZÁLEZ DEL POZO
ISABEL NIETO HERNÁNDEZ
ASUNCIÓN DÍAZ PÉREZ
JOSÉ LORENZO GARCÍA MARTÍN
Department
(Departamento)
Private Law
(Derecho Privado)
Área
(Área)
Civil Law
(Derecho Civil)
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Law
Office
(Despacho)
215, 216, 209 and 207 (Building: Faculty of Law)
Office Hours
Prof. García:
- Wednesday: 14:00 – 15:00
- Thursday: 14:00 – 15:00
281
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294441
Ext. (Prof. Real): 1635
Ext. (Prof. Nieto): 1687
Ext. (Prof. Díaz): 1634
Patrimonial Private Law consists of the sectors of Civil and Commercial Law governing all
relations that have an economic background and consider the person in reference to his
property, so that their bases are embedded within the economic system the private initiative,
enterprise,
competition
and
market
freedom.
In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Private Equity focuses on the study of the rules
governing the obligations and contracts, business, legal status of the entrepreneur, competition
and securities, to the extent that these rules allow legal sharing goods and services with
economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training necessary for the student to
understand other subjects of the degree are taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a
solid legal background will help you understand the legal operating company affects and
translate that training into practice everyday.
Objectives
The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Management in SMEs legal tools
essential for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own obligations and
contracts, business, legal status of the entrepreneur, competition and securities, aimed at their
training, enabling them to have the precise legal means face to be future professionals in
management in small and medium enterprises.
course in property law should ensure that the trainee achieves a reasonable level of knowledge
for the scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical
problems.
Syllabus
I - CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW
LESSON 1. - SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL
LESSON 2. - STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS
LESSON 3. - COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE OBLIGATION
LESSON 4. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT
LESSON 5. - CLASSIFICATION, BIOLOGY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CONTRACT
282
II - FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS LAW
LESSON 6. - CONCEPT AND SOURCES OF THE LAW OF.
LESSON 7. - COMPANY, EMPLOYER AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS.
LESSON 8. - THE INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYER. BASICS OF THE LEGAL SYSTEM.
LESSON 9. - THE LEGAL STATUS OF THE EMPLOYER. THE DUTY OF ACCOUNTING AND
ADVERTISING.
LESSON 10. - COMPETITION LAW AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY INTELLECTUAL.
LESSON 11. - THE SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR. THE COMPANIES AND OTHER LEGAL
CORPORATE COMPANY.
LESSON 12. - OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS.
LESSON 13.- CREDITS TITLES AND SECURITIES.
LESSON 14. - ECONOMIC CRISIS OF THE EMPLOYER. INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY
LAW
SPECIFIC
A4. The student will know and understand critically developed strategic SMEs, the factors
determining the choice of company policies, different organizational structures and operations
management policies, legal forms more suited to the structure of SMEs advantage enabling
legal, fiscal and financial matters.
A8. The student will know and understand the fundamental concepts and principles of
commercial law, tax and work with special incidence in the small and medium enterprises,
applications for the creation and development of SMEs based on the proper functioning of
their teams , leadership and the implications of the work environment and reward systems in
the
company.
B.4. The student can set the legal form of the smaller companies, taking into account the
implications for asset risks and associated guarantees.
TRANSVESE
C6. -. Students will be able to apply their knowledge to their work or vocation in a professional
developing skills typically demonstrated through devising and sustaining arguments and
solving problems within their field of study
C14. - Students will be able to show fair treatment to others, supporting equal opportunities
and equal presence of women throughout the organization chart
C4. - Students will have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments
that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical.
Methodologies
following
contents:
- The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons in the program,
following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and skills
related to those provided. We begin with "Fundamentals of Civil Patrimonial Law", which will run
during the first five weeks of the course. Will continue the "Fundamentals of Commercial Law",
which will occupy the remaining eleven weeks.
From the classes, teachers propose students carrying out work on theory and personal
283
Textbooks:
- CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978, actualmente vigente.
- CÓDIGO DE COMERCIO, a ser posible con legislación complementaria.
- Libros de texto para la teoría:
* LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil. Tomo II. Derecho de
Obligaciones” (Ed. Marcial Pons, última edición)
* SÁNCHEZ CALERO, F. “Principios de Derecho Mercantil”, Thomson/Aranzadi, Madrid,
última edición.
Other references:
Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, última edición, Madrid).
Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, 2ª ed., Madrid,
última edición)
- JIMÉNEZ SÁNCHEZ, G.J. (Coord.) y otros “Lecciones de Derecho Mercantil”, TECNOS,
Madrid, última edición.
- VICENT CHULIÁ, F. “Introducción al Derecho Mercantil”, Tirant Lo Blanch, Valencia, última
edición.
con la materia del Curso que, a juicio de los profesores, resulten necesarios para la
evaluación de la asignatura.
284
ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING FOR SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESS
(CONTABILIDAD PARA PYMES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103907
Code
(Código)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Type
(Carácter)
239
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
1
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Elena Martín Mayoral
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
102 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3132
285
Objectives
-
To learn how to use the accounting concepts, mechanisms and instruments for
recording business transactions with the aim of preparing correctly the financial
information.
To learn how to implement the regulation and valuation criteria, depending on the
specific characteristics of each economic operation.
To learn how to analyse and evaluate the different alternatives that could be put into
practice for the valuation of economic transactions, taking into account the economic
implications for the SME.
Syllabus
Lesson 1. The General Accounting Plan for SMEs: Analysis and Introduction
Lesson 2. Financial Accounts 1: The Equity
Lesson 3. Financial Accounts 2: The Borrowed Capital
Lesson 4. Non-current Assets Accounts
Lesson 5. Inventory Accounts
Lesson 6. Current Financial Liabilities
Lesson 7. Current Financial Assets
Lesson 8. Financial Accounts
Lesson 9. Purchases and Expenditures Accounts.
Lesson 10. Sales and Revenues Accounts.
Lesson 11. Solved financial years
Textbooks
Manuales de clase de Teoría y Práctica de Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández.
Other references
* PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD
MINISTERIO DE LA PRESIDENCIA
BOLETÍN OFICIAL DEL ESTADO
AÑO CCCXLVII • MIÉRCOLES 21 DE NOVIEMBRE DE 2007 • SUPLEMENTO DEL
NÚMERO 279
MINISTERIO DE ECONOMÍA Y HACIENDA
microempresas.
PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD
DE PEQUEÑAS Y MEDIANAS EMPRESAS
•
LEY 16/2007, de 4 de Julio, de REFORMA Y ADAPTACION DE LA LEGISLACION
MERCANTIL EN MATERIA CONTABLE PARA SU ARMONIZACION INTERNACIONAL
CON BASE EN LA NORMATIVA DE LA UNION EUROPEA.
286
B.O.E. nº 160, de 5 de julio de 2007.
* CUARTA DIRECTRIZ.COMUNIDAD ECONOMICA EUROPEA
Diarios oficiales de las comunidades : nº. L 222/11 de 14-8-78
nº L 193 de 18-7-83
nº L 314/28 de 4-12-84
* TEXTO REFUNDIDO de la LEY de SOCIEDADES ANONIMAS
B.O.E. de 27 de diciembre de 1989.
* LEY de SOCIEDADES de RESPONSABILIDAD LIMITADA
B.O.E. 24 de marzo de 1995.
* LEY y REGLAMENTO de AUDITORIA DE CUENTAS
B.O.E. de 15 de Julio de 1988.
* REGLAMENTO del REGISTRO MERCANTIL
B.O.E. de 19 de julio de 1996.
* IMPUESTO DE SOCIEDADES
LEY 43/1995, de 27 de diciembre.
B.O.E. de 28 de diciembre de 1995.
* REGLAMENTO del IMPUESTO de SOCIEDADES Y TABLA DE
COEFICIENTES de AMORTIZACION
REAL DECRETO 1777/2.004, de 30 de Julio.
B.O.E. de 6 Agosto de 2004.
* IMPUESTO SOBRE el VALOR AÑADIDO (IVA)
LEY 37/1992 de 28 de Diciembre.
B.O.E. de 29 de Diciembre de 1992.
* REGLAMENTO DEL IMPUESTO SOBRE el VALOR AÑADIDO
REAL DECRETO 1624/1992 de 29 de Diciembre.
B.O.E. de 31 de Diciembre de 1992.
287
STATISTICS (PYMES): BUSINESS STATISTICS
(ESTADÍSTICA EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103908
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
239
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Statistics and Operational Research
(Estadística e Investigación Operativa)
Department
(Departamento)
Statistics
(Estadística)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mª JOSE FERNANDEZ GOMEZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
SANTIAGO VICENTE TAVERA
ANTONIO BLÁZQUEZ ZABALLOS
Department
(Departamento)
Statistics
(Estadística)
Área
(Área)
Statistics and Operational Research
(Estadística e Investigación Operativa)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
3.4, 3.5 and 3.3 (Building: Faculty of Medicine)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
http://biplot.usal.es
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294400
Extension: 1921
288
Objectives
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
This subject aims at providing first-year students of the Degree in PYMES basic
knowledge of different techniques of both, descriptive and inferential statistics. This
knowledge will be useful in their professional development to solve problems that arise
in their practice. The students must have a correct view of the statistical techniques
because they are an indispensable tool of the scientific method. The students must learn
how to work in a rigorous, orderly and methodological way in handling data and
interpreting results.
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
• To know how to perform a data exploration through the descriptive analysis of a
sample.
• To understand and properly handle the basic concepts of Probability Theory and its
main properties.
• To recognize and manage the main probability models.
• To understand, and accurately describe the basic principles of the statistical inference.
• To understand the concept of a confidence interval.
• To apply the knowledge about confidence intervals taking into account the
characteristics of the samples and the parameter or parameters to be estimated.
• To calculate the sample size needed to estimate a population parameter at a confidence
level for a given error.
• To learn how to be critical in interpreting the survey technical record.
• To define the basic concepts to formulate a hypothesis test.
• To understand the possible errors that can occur in a test of hypothesis.
• To define the significant level in hypothesis testing.
• To understand the meaning of a p-value in hypothesis testing.
• To apply hypothesis tests depending on the objective and the information we have
about the population or populations under study.
• To understand the concept of power of a hypothesis test.
• To differentiate between parametric and nonparametric statistical analyses.
• To use the test of independence and homogeneity for analyzing relationships between
two qualitative variables.
• To understand the concept of linear correlation and how to use regression analysis to
analyze the relationship between two quantitative variables and how to use the
associated test.
• To understand the concept of an index number and the basic way to performing a time
series analysis.
Syllabus
UNIT 1: Descriptive Statistics.
UNIT 2. Probability and Distributions
UNIT 3. Statistical inference and estimations.
289
UNIT 4. Hypothesis formulation and testing: Types of errors, Testing of hypothesis,
Test about the mean, Test on the difference of two means, Paired t-test. Testing
proportions. Nonparametric tests.
UNIT 5. Linear regression analysis and associated tests.
UNIT 6. Index numbers and introduction to time series analysis.
UNIT 7. Chi-square test for qualitative variables.
Textbooks
Cáceres Hernández, José Juan. Conceptos básicos de estadística para ciencias sociales. Las Rozas
(Madrid): Delta, cop. 2007.
Casas Sánchez, José Miguel, Santos Peñas, Julián. Introducción a la estadística para administración y
dirección de empresas. Madrid: Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces, 2002 (imp. 2008).
García de Cortazar, Marisa [et al.]. Estadística aplicada a las ciencias sociales: ejercicios resueltos.
Madrid: UNED, 1996 (imp. 2008).
Huerga Castro, Carmen; Mures Quintana, M Jesús (coordinadoras); Abad González, Julio [et al.].
Problemas de probabilidad e inferencia estadística aplicadas a las ciencias sociales. [León]:
Universidad de León, D.L. 2007.
Lind, Douglas A., Marchal, William G.; Wathen, Samuel A. Estadística aplicada a los negocios y la
economía. México [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, cop. 2008.
Martín González, Germán. Prácticas de estadística básica con SPSS Valencia: Universidad Católica de
Valencia "San Vicente Mártir", 2008.
Martín Pliego, Francisco Javier. Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial: teoría y
práctica. Madrid: Thomson, cop. 2004 (imp. 2008).
Martin-Pliego, F.J. y Ruiz Maya, L. (2004). Estadística. I. Probabilidad. Ed.AC. Madrid.
Montero Lorenzo, José María. Estadística descriptiva. Madrid: Thomson, D.L. 2007.
Montero Lorenzo, José María. Problemas resueltos de estadística descriptiva para ciencias Sociales.
Madrid: Thomson, cop. 2008.
Moore, David S. Estadística aplicada básica. Barcelona: Antoni Bosch, D.L. 2008.
Newbold, P. Estadística para administración y economía. Madrid. Prentice-Hall (Pearson). 2008. (6ª
Ed.).
Olarrea Busto, José; Cordero Gracia, Marta Estadística: 45 problemas útiles. Madrid: García-Maroto,
D.L. 2007.
Pérez López, César. Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Madrid: Pearson Educación, 2008.
Ritchey, Ferris J. Estadística para las ciencias sociales. México; Madrid: McGraw Hill Interamericana,
cop. 2008.
Ross, Sheldon M. Introducción a la estadística. Barcelona: Reverté, D.L. 2007.
Ruiz Maya, L. y Martin Pliego, F.J. (2001). Estadística. II. Inferencia. Ed. Thomson. Madrid.
Other references
http://www.ine.es
http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat
http://biplot.usal.es
290
(FUNDAMENTOS DE COMERCIALIZACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103909
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Pablo A. Muñoz Gallego
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
317 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3127
291
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce the students to Marketing. In particular, the student should
identify relevant information and decisions and be able to structure them as a Marketing Plan.
Syllabus
- What is marketing?
- Strategic marketing
- Environmental analysis
- Market research
- Consumer behaviour
- Organisational buying bahaviour
- Market segmentation
Textbooks
Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson. Prentice Hall, Madrid.
Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª
edición.
Santesmases Mestre, M. (2004): Marketing. Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 5ª edición.
Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall.
Vazquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. 4ª
edición Ed. Civitas, Madrid.
Sainz de Vicuña, Jose María (2005): El Plan de Marketing en la práctica. (9ª edición). ESIC.
Madrid.
Other references
-
292
LABOUR LAW: LABOUR LAW
(DERECHO DEL TRABAJO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103910
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Labour Law and Social Security
Department
(Departamento)
Labour Law and Social Services
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jesús Baz Rodríguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Perçy Orestes Alarcón Bravo de Rueda
Pedro García García
Department
(Departamento)
Labour Law and Social Services
Área
(Área)
Labour Law and Social Security
Center
(Centro)
Faculty of Law
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Monday: 13h-14h
URL Web
www.usal.es/dtyts
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294441
Extension: 1641
293
Objectives
14. Elemental knowledge about the structure and basic contents of Spanish Employment
Law, related to individual contract relation and also collective or industrial work relations.
15. Development of skills in order to self-knowing and investigating in the field of this broad
part of Spanish Law, characterised by its frequent legal variations.
16. Development of skills in order to act as a legal labour law operator, being able to apply
this knowledge in the particular context of small and medium-sized enterprises.
17. Acquirement of attitudes in order to build out technically funded opinions in social and
work related issues.
18. Being able to propose solutions to simple problems in the application of Employment
Law in the field of individual labour contract, such as contracting of the workforce,
execution of labour contract and also about its extinction.
19. Development of attitudes useful for management in the field of industrial relations,
focused to the knowledge of legal questions about this matter.
20. Acquirement of knowledge about legal contents on the resolutions of workforce
collective conflicts in the organisation.
21. Basic knowledge about administrative and jurisdictional resources related to the
application of Employment and Labour Law in Spain.
22. Development of skills useful for making strategic decisions in the field of human
resources in the enterprise, from the view of legal adjustment of such decisions.
23. Development of skills and knowledge in order to follow up into advanced studies in the
field of human resources management.
Syllabus
-
Employment Law and its social function.
Employment Law source system.
Constitutional regulation and Employment Law.
The work contract. Types of contracts and access to employment.
Work agencies, outsourcing and subcontracting.
Execution of the work contract.
Extinction of the work contract.
Trade Unions and enterprise collective associations.
Collective organisation and action in the enterprise.
Collective workforce conflicts and its solutions.
Textbooks
- Albiol I., Camps J.M., López Gandía J., Sala Franco T.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant
lo Blanch, Valencia.
- Alonso Olea M., Casas Baamonde, M.E.: Derecho del Trabajo. Thomson- Civitas,
Madrid.
- García Ninet J.I. (Dir.), Vicente Palacio A.: Derecho del Trabajo, Thomson-Aranzadi,
Pamplona.
- Martín Valverde A., Rodríguez Sañudo F., García Murcia J.: Derecho del Trabajo,
Tecnos, Madrid.
- Mercader Uguina J.R.: Lecciones de Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant lo Blanch, Valencia.
- Montoya Melgar A.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tecnos, Madrid.
294
-
Palomeque López M.C., Alvarez de la Rosa M.: Derecho del Trabajo. Ed. Centro de
Estudios Ramón Areces (CEURA). Madrid.
Vida Soria J., Monereo Pérez J.L., Molina Navarrete C.: Manual de Derecho del
Trabajo. Comares, Granada.
Other references
-
Ministerio de Trabajo e Inmigración: www.mtin.es
Servicios Públicos de Empleo de España: www.redtrabaja.es
Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales: www.ceoe.es
Confederación Española de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa: www.cepyme.es
Comisiones Obreras: www.ccoo.es
Unión General de Trabajadores: www.ugt.es
Unión Sindical Obrera: www.uso.es
Consejería de
economía
y
Empleo. Junta de
Castilla y
León:
www.jcyl.es/web/jcyl/EconomiaEmpleo/es
295
MATHEMATICS: FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
(MATEMÁTICA FINANCIERA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103911
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
239
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Federico Cesteros Muñoz
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Anastasio González del Mazo
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Prof. Cesteros:
Tuesday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Cesteros): 3513
296
Objectives
•
•
•
•
•
To understand the basic concepts of Financial Mathematics and its applications in small
and medium-sized entreprises (SME).
To identify the time value of the money as well as the classic forms of capitalization and
discount.
To learn the elements of a loan and to calculate them.
To identify the variables taking part in financial operations, the relations among them
and to interpret the results so as to facilitate the decision-making in the SME.
To be able to interpret and analyze the data from the economic and financial plan of
SME by using Microsoft’s Excel software.
Syllabus
1. Introduction to financial mathematics.
2. Financial laws.
3. Annuities and perpetuities.
4. Capitalization. Loans.
5.
Textbooks
Bonilla Musoles, M.A, Ivars Escortell, A. y Moya Clemente, I.: Matemática de las Operaciones
Financieras. Teoría y Práctica. Ed. Thomson Paraninfo.
Other references
Libros de Teoría:
Bonilla Musoles, M.A, Ivars Escortell, A. y Moya Clemente, I.: Matemática de las Operaciones
Financieras. Teoría y Práctica. Ed. Thomson Paraninfo.
González Catalá, V.T.: Análisis de las Operaciones Financieras, Bancarias y Bursátiles. Ed.
Ediciones de las Ciencias Sociales.
Pablo López, A.: Valoración Financiera. Ed. Universitaria Ramón Areces.
Libros de Problemas:
Baquero López, M.J. y Maestro Muñoz, M.L.: Problemas Resueltos de Matemática de las
Operaciones Financieras. Ed. Thomson AC.
González Catalá, V.T.: Operaciones Financieras, Bancarias y Bursátiles. Curso Práctico. Ed.
Ediciones de las Ciencias Sociales.
Pablo López, A.: Manual Práctico de Matemática Comercial y Financiera (Volúmenes I y II).
Ed. Universitaria Ramón Areces.
Libros de Excel:
Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Guías Prácticas. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.
Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Avanzados. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.
297
Valdés-Miranda Cros, C. y Plasencia López, Z.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales
Imprescindibles. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.
298
SECOND YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING
(CONTABILIDAD DE COSTES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103912
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mª Yolanda GALLO PÉREZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
132 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3132
299
Objectives
Our main objective is that the student is able to manage the appropriate procedures in order to
calculate or estimate the products or services costs which are the subject of the activity of the
company, determining the result of the activity and, therefore to provide the right information to
make a correct decision for the strategy of the company and to get the highest internal result.
Syllabus
Part I: DELIMITATION AND OBJECTIVES OF COST ACCOUNTING.
Part II: ANALYSIS AND CALCULATION OF COSTS OF COST FACTORS
Part III: FORMALICED SYSTEMS FOR THE CALCULATION OF COSTS
Part IV: COST SYSTEMS PLANNING, CONTROL AND DECISION MAKING
Part V: STANDARDS RELATING TO THE CALCULATION OF COSTS
Textbooks
BLANCO, I., AIBAR, B. y RÍOS, S. L. (2001): Contabilidad de Costes. Cuestiones, supuestos
prácticos resueltos y propuestos. Madrid: Prentice Hall.
MALLO, C. y JIMÉNEZ, Mª A. (1997): Contabilidad de Costes. Madrid: Pirámide.
TEJADA PONCE, A., MORETE PEREZ, R., NUÑEZ CHICHARRO, M. y JIMENEZ
MONTAÑES, A. (2004): Contabilidad de Costes. Supuestos prácticos. Madrid: Prentice Hall.
Other references
ARANDA HIPÓLITO, A.W. (1991): Contabilidad Analítica. Edición adaptada al nuevo Plan
General de Contabilidad. Madrid: Síntesis.
BLANCO DOPICO, I. (1994): Contabilidad de Costes. Análisis y Control. Madrid: Pirámide.
DOCUMENTOS SOBRE PRINCIPIOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION DE
LA
ASOCIACION ESPAÑOLA DE CONTABILIDAD Y ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS
(AECA ).
HORNGREN, Ch., FOSTER, G. y DATAR, S. (2002): Contabilidad de Costes. Un enfoque
gerencial. México: Prentice Hall.
SÁEZ TORRECILLA, A., FERNÁNDEZ FERNÁNDEZ, A. y GUTIERREZ DÍAZ, G. (2004):
Contabilidad de Costes y Contabilidad de Gestión. Vol. I y II. Madrid: McGRAWHILL/Interamericana de España.
IRURETAGOYENA, M.T. (2004): Contabilidad de Costes. Madrid: Pirámide.
300
Durante el desarrollo de la asignatura se proporcionará diverso material adicional
complementario.
301
FINANCE: PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE
(FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103913
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
239
2
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Ignacio Requejo Puerto
Groups
2 and 3
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Isabel Mateos Rubio
Groups
2 and 3
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Contact via e-mail
URL Web
www.irequejo.es
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext.(Prof. Requejo): 3524
Ext. (Prof. Mateos): 3004
302
Requirements
There are no requirements, but it is advisable to have basic knowledge of accounting,
mathematics and statistics.
Objectives
Provide the knowledge and necessary skills for financial decision making in business.
Provide a broad overview of the structure and working of financial markets/instruments in order
to facilitate financial decision making and the computation of the cost of capital.
The student will also dig into the factors that affect the capital structure of corporations and the
dividend policy.
Syllabus
In parentheses and in bold appears the corresponding chapter of the reference textbook
(Pindado García, 2012, Finanzas empresariales).
PART I. Introduction
Chapter 1. An overview of finance (Chapter 1)
Chapter 2. Corporate Governance (Chapter 2)
PART II. Valuation of financial investments
Chapter 3. Bond characteristics and valuation (Chapter 3)
Chapter 4. Stock characteristics and valuation (Chapter 4)
Chapter 5. Risk and return: how to build portfolios (Chapter 5)
Chapter 6. Risk and return: valuing financial assets (Chapter 6)
Chapter 7. Option characteristics and valuation (Chapter 7)
PART III. Business Financing
Chapter 8. Sources of business financing (Chapter 16)
Chapter 9. Relevance of capital structure (Chapter 17)
Chapter 10. Optimal capital structure (Chapter 18)
Chapter 11. The dividend policy (Chapter 19)
303
Textbooks
Libro de referencia para la preparación de la asignatura:
Pindado García, J. (Dir.) (2012): Finanzas empresariales. Editorial Paraninfo, Madrid.
Other references
Bibliografía complementaria:
− Brealey, R.A., Myers S.C. y Allen, F. (2007): Principles of corporate finance. 8ª edición,
McGraw-Hill, Boston.
− Brealey, R.A., Myers, S.C. y Marcus, A.J. (2004): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas.
4ª edición, McGraw-Hill, Boston.
− Hillier, D., Ross, S., Westerfield, R., Jaffe, J. y Jordan, B. (2010): Corporate finance.
European Edition, McGraw-Hill.
− Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall, Hemel
Hempstead.
− Keown, A.J., Petty, J.W., Scott, D.F. y Martin, J.D. (1999): Introducción a las finanzas: la
práctica y la lógica de la dirección financiera. 2ª edición, Prentice Hall, Madrid.
− Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros. Thomson,
Madrid.
− Mascareñas, J., Lamothe, P., López, F. y Luna W. (2004): Opciones reales y valoración
de activos. Prentice Hall.
− Miguel Hidalgo, A. (1990): Las decisiones de inversión, financiación y dividendos en la
empresa. Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid.
− Ross, S., Westerfield, R. y Jordan, B. (2001): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. Mc
Graw Hill.
− Sharpe, W.F., Alexander, G.J. y Bailey, J.V. (1995): Investments. Prentice Hall
International, New Jersey.
− Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la
empresa. Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid.
− Weston, J.F. y Copeland, J.F. (1995): Finanzas en administración. McGrawHill, México.
304
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT METHODS
(MÉTODOS DE GESTIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103914
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Gustavo Lannelongue Nieto
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Inmaculada Vicente
Carmen González Zapatero
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
114 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 3329
305
Objectives
This subject focuses in Operations & Production Management in Small and Medium enterprises
(SMEs). It introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that managers have to
take to plan and control this function in the firm. It helps to identify and understand the
implications and consequences of different and alternative decisions related to aspects such as:
product design, process design, aggregate planning or quality management.
Syllabus
1. The firm operational subsystem: decisions and goals.
PART I: Operational Subsystem Design.
2. Product Design.
3. Process Design: Vertical Integration and Long-Term Capacity.
4. Process Design: Location.
5. Process Design: Layout Desing.
6. Process Design: Technology.
7: Process Design: Job Design.
PART II: Operational Subsystem Planning and Control.
8: Planning and Control. Basic Concepts.
9: Material Requirements Planning (MRP)
10: Just-in-Time
11: Logistics and Supply Chain Management.
12: Managing Quality.
Textbooks
Chase, R.B., Aquilano, N.J. y Jacobs, F.R. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 8ª
edición, p. 16-17
Davis, M.M., Aquilano, N.J. y Chase, R.B. (2001): Fundamentos de dirección de operaciones, 3ª
edición, McGraw-Hill, p.32
Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición, McGraw Hill,
Madrid.
Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición, Thompson
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª edición,
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001b): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,,
Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall
Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de
Operaciones: Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Machuca, J.A.D., García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995b): Dirección de
Operaciones: Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill,
Madrid.
Thomson
306
Other references
Alfalla Luque, R., García Sánchez, M.R., Garrido Vega, P., González Zamora, M.M. y Sacristán Díaz,
M. (2008): Introducción a la Dirección de Operaciones Táctico-Operativa: Un enfoque práctico”,
Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos, Cívitas,
Madrid.
Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080).
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd
307
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103915
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
239
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Bernabé Calles Rodríguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Pablo de Pedraza García
Elena Hernández Hernández
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
140 and 137 (Building: Faculty of Law)
Office Hours
Prof. Calles: Wednesday: 12:00-13:00 and 17:00-18:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phon
e
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. (Prof. Calles): 3117
308
Objectives
The main objective is the students learn the economic environment for firms and businesses in
Spain both from a historical perspective and a sectorial and institutional one. Special emphasis
is made in economic policies and their impact on real world so that the students are able to
identify, on one hand, the features that characterize Spanish economy, know about recent
changes in Spanish economic situation and detect the fundamental challenges it faces
nowadays. On the other hand, students should handle and work with data and literature
sources in order to analyze Spanish economy obtaining relevant information to summarize its
main features and, finally, construe the impact over business economic activity and the rest of
the economic agents.
Syllabus
I.
Spanish economic growth and determinants.
Lecture 1. Recent historic development and prospects for the Spanish economy.
Lecture 2. Productive factors: natural resources, human resources, capital
formation and technical change and innovation.
II. Productive branches of the Spanish economy.
Lecture 3. Agriculture
Lecture 4. Manufacturing, energy and construction.
Lecture 5. Services.
III. Institutional issues and income distribution
Lecture 6. Labor market.
Lecture 7. Financial markets and monetary policy.
Lecture 8. Public sector.
Lecture 9. Foreign sector and integration in the European Union
Lecture 10. Income distribution: personal, functional and regional.
Textbooks
Los textos que utilizaremos como manuales para la preparación de la asignatura son los
siguientes:
GARCÍA DELGADO, J. L. y MYRO, R. (directores): “Lecciones de Economía Española”;
Thomson-Civitas; Cizur Menor (Navarra); 2011.
MARTÍN MAYORAL, F. (coordinador): “Manual de Economía Española. Teoría y estructura”;
Pearson Educación, S.A.; Madrid; 2009.
Other references
La bibliografía específica de cada tema así como los enlaces a distintos medios on-line,
309
servidores estadísticos, prensa y revistas económicas, etc., será proporcionada a través de
la plataforma “Studium” al iniciar su exposición.
310
MARKETING: MARKETING MANAGEMENT IN SMEs
(GESTIÓN COMERCIAL DE LA PYME)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103920
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jesús Rivas Luis
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Prof. Rivas.-> Monday: 9h-13h
Prof. Hernández.-> Tuesday: 13h-14h (send an e-mail)
URL Web
-
E-mail
jesusrivas@usal.
es
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Rivas): 3486
311
Objectives
The course is intended that students get familiar with the main marketing actions and tactics
(marketing mix), so they are able to integrate them into planning aimed at implementing the
marketing strategy of the SMEs and achieving its marketing objectives.
Syllabus
- Product
- Price
- Distribution
- Communication
Textbooks
Libro básico de referencia: Peter, Olson (2006): Comportamiento del consumidor y
estrategia de Marketing, McGraw Hill El comportamiento del consumidor en la estrategia
de marketing, Howard, John, Ediciones Díaz de Santos Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello,
C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección
de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall. Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson.
Other references
312
SECOND YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
FISCAL LAW: BUSINESS TAXATION
(FISCALIDAD EN LA EMPRESA)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103917
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Administrativo, Procesal y Financiero-Tributario
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
313
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES AND
PROCESSES
(ESTRUCTURA Y PROCESOS ORGANIZATIVOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103918
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Coordinator
(Profesora Coordinadora)
Luis Vázquez Suárez
Department
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Faculty
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Wednesday: 16h-19h
(URL Web)
(E-mail)
[email protected]
Phone
Teléfono
+34923294500
Extension 3174
Objetives
The objective of the course is to introduce students to the fundamentals and basic concepts of
the structural elements and the main organizational process of the company. Furthermore, the
skills and abilities required to deploy efficiently such knowledge in practice will be develop.
314
Syllabus
1. Organizational behavior.
2. Management and Executives.
3. Power, politics and conflict.
4. Organizational structure.
5. Technology, environment and organizational design.
6. Culture, change and organizational development.
7. Incentives and behavioral assessment.
8. Interdependency and interpersonal relationships.
9. Dynamic of groups and team effectiveness.
10. Leadership of groups and organizations.
Resources
Textbooks (in spanish)
Diseño organizativo / José Ignacio Galán Zazo. Madrid: Thomson, 2006.
Economía, organización y gestión de la empresa / Paul Milgrom y John Roberts ; [traducción
de Ernesto Jimeno]; Glosario: p. [703]-718.Barcelona: Ariel, 1993.
La estructuración de las organizaciones / Henry Minzberg ; traducción de Deborah Bonner y
Javier Nieto ; asesor Javier Nieto. Barcelona: Ariel, 1999.
Managerial economics and organizational architecture / James A. Brickey, Clifford W. Smith,
Jerold L. Zimmerman. Chicago etc.: Irwin, 1997.
Teoría contractual de la empresa / Benito Arruñada. Madrid; Barcelona : Marcial Pons,
Ediciones Jurídicas y Sociales, 1998
315
ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS
(MICROECONOMICS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103916
Plan
(Plan)
Type
(Carácter)
Basic
(Básica)
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
239
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
2
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Mª TERESA CAVERO ÁLVAREZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
221 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3511
316
Objectives
problems.
Syllabus
1. Consumer Behavior. Basic Concepts
2. Demand Theory.
3. Other Approaches to Consumption. Intertemporal Choice. Characteristics Demand.
4. Production Theory: The Short-Run.
5. Production Theory: The Long-Run.
6. Costs Theory: Short and Long Run.
7. Perfect Competition in the Short-Run.
8. Perfect Competition in the Long-Run.
9. Monopoly in the Short-Run.
10. Monopoly in the Long-Run.
11. Oligopoly and Duopoly.
Textbooks
Microeconomía y Conducta, 7e Robert Frank . Ed. McGrawHill
Microeconomía Intermedia y Aplicaciones. W. Nicholson. Ed. Thompson.
Other references
Microeconomía: Cuestiones y problemas. E. Congregado et al. Ed. Prentice Hall.
317
FINANCE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF SMES
(GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DE LA PYME)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103919
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Carlos Navarro de Tiedra
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Santiago Rodríguez Vicente
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. (Prof. Navarro): 3004
Ext. (Prof. Rodríguez): 3005
318
Requirements
Previous knowledge of Principles of Finance.
Objectives
Provide the necessary knowledge for financial management as a supporting instrument in
managing the company.
Syllabus
Chapter 1. The investment decision
Chapter 2. Valuing investment projects: the classic criteria.
Chapter 3. Estimating the cash flows in an investment project.
Chapter 4. Special cases in the analysis of investment projects.
Chapter 5. Methods to consider the effect of inflation and taxes in investment projects.
Chapter 6. Introduction to the management of working capital.
Chapter 7. Managing clients.
Chapter 8. Managing suppliers and inventories.
Chapter 9. Sources for short-term financing and banking relationships.
Chapter 10. Managing cash holdings.
Chapter 11. The cost of capital.
Textbooks
Berk; DeMarzo; Hardford (2010), Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. Prentice Hall.
Madrid.
Bodie, Merton (2003), Finanzas. Prentice Hall. Madrid.
Brealey; Myers y Allen (2006), Principios de finanzas corporativas: MacGraw Hill: Madrid. 8ª
edición.
Brealey; Myers y Marcus (2007), Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. MacGraw Hill.
Madrid.
Díaz de Castro, L.T. y López Pascual; J. (2001), Dirección financiera, planificación, gestión y
control: Prentice Hall. Madrid.
Durban Oliva, S. (2008), Dirección financiera. MacGraw Hill. Madrid.
López Lubian, F.J. (2007), Casos prácticos de finanzas corporativas. Thomson. Madrid.
López Lubian; F.J. y García Estévez, P.(2005), Finanzas en el mundo corporativo. Un
enfoque práctico: MacGraw Hill. Madrid.
319
Martín Fernández, M. Martínez Solano, P. (2000), Casos prácticos de dirección financiera.
Pirámide. Madrid.
Ortigueira Bobillo, J.M. (2004), Casos prácticos sobre análisis de inversiones y financiación
para pymes: Pirámide. Madrid.
Pindado García, Julio (Dir.) (2012), Finanzas empresariales. Paraninfo. Madrid.
Suárez Suárez; A.S.(2008), Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación. Pirámide.
Madrid.21ª edición.
Other references
To be determined during the semester.
320
ACCOUNTING: ANALYSIS OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
(ANÁLISIS CONTABLE DE LA GESTIÓN EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103921
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
239
Year
(Curso)
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Beatriz Cuadrado Ballesteros
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
105 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Friday: 09:00 – 12:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3133
321
Objectives
LEARNING OUTCOMES
- Understand the compulsory and voluntary financial information disclosed by corporations
- Identify the logic behind the process of analysis and interpretation of the financial information
revealed
- Discuss the main contents of the annual report, obtaining conclusions to take investment and
credit decisions
- Explain the features of the main techniques applied to the analysis of corporate information
- Appreciate the importance of the main accounting ratios
- Calculate the main accounting ratios and explain their significance
Syllabus
Unit 1. Corporate management from the accounting perspective. Reporting environment and
nature and purpose of financial reporting.
Unit 2. Analysis of the Balance Sheet in the short term. Analysing Investing Activities and
Financing Activities.
Unit 3. Analysis of Operating Activities (I). Return on Invested Capital and Profitability.
Unit 4. Analysis of Cash Flow and Changes in Shareholder’s Equity.
Unit 5. Financial analysis of current activities. Liquidity and short-term solvency.
Unit 6. Analysis of the long-term financial structure. Long-term solvency.
Textbooks
-Archel Domench, P. et al. (2008): “Estados Contables. Elaboración, análisis e
interpretación”. Edit. Pirámide.
-González Pascual, J. (2008): “Análisis de la empresa a través de su información
económico-financiera”. Edit. Pirámide.
Other references
-Real Decreto 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de
Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas.
-Real Decreto 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de
Contabilidad.
322
MARKETING: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
(COMPORTAMIENTO DEL CONSUMIDOR)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103922
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
2
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Jesús Rivas Luis
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Prof. Rivas.-> Monday: 9h-13h
Prof. Hernández.-> Tuesday: 13h-14h (send an e-mail)
URL Web
-
E-mail
jesusrivas@usal.
es
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Rivas): 3486
323
Objectives
The course is intended that students learn about the main concepts and theories of consumer
behavior.
Syllabus
- The nature of consumer behavior
- Analysis of the internal structures of the consumer
- External influences on the consumer
- The process of consumer decision
- Application of consumer behavior to marketing strategies
Textbooks
Libro básico de referencia:
Peter, Olson (2006): Comportamiento del consumidor y estrategia de Marketing,
McGraw Hill
El comportamiento del consumidor en la estrategia de marketing, Howard, John, Ediciones
Díaz de Santos
Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª
edición.
Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall.
Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson. Prentice Hall, Madrid.
Other references
324
THIRD YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
FINANCE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMES
(EMPRENDEDORES Y PYMES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103923
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
239
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Carlos Navarro de Tiedra
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. (Prof. Navarro): 3004
Ext. (Prof. Rodríguez): 3005
325
Requirements
Principles of finance
Financial management of SMEs
Introduction to business administration
IT in business management
Accounting for SMEs
Marketing in SMEs
Objectives
Provide the necessary knowledge to understand the entrepreneurship process and learn to use
the tools and methodologies to manage business risk. Learn techniques to analyze and assess
investment opportunities.
Syllabus
Chapter 1. The entrepreneur and the business initiative.
Chapter 2. Assessment and development of the business idea.
Chapter 3. Starting the business.
Chapter 4. Starting a business as a self-employment alternative.
Chapter 5. Legal organizational form and ways to become entrepreneur.
Chapter 6. Strategic analysis of investment opportunities.
Chapter 7. Analysis of sources of financing and financial structure for entrepreneurs.
Chapter 8. The business plan and economic and financial viability of the project.
Chapter 9. Solvency, profitability and value creation.
Textbooks
Alarcón García, María José, Camisón Zorzona, César (cord); Dalmau Porta, Juan Ignacio
(coord.) (2009) Introducción a los negocios y su gestión. Madrid. Pearson-Prentice Hall
Castro Abancéns, Ignacio; Rufino Rus, José Ignacio (2010), Creación de Empresas para
emprendedores. Pirámide. Madrid
González Domínguez, Francisco José (2006), Creación de empresas. Pirámide. Madrid.
Jiménez Quintero, José Antonio (2012), Creación de Empresas. Pirámide. Madrid
Ministerio de Industria y Turismo, Creación y puesta en marcha de una empresa. Dirección
General de Política de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa. 2010
Other references
To be determined during the course.
326
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: QUALITY MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DE LA CALIDAD)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103924
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
1
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Gustavo Lannelongue Nieto
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Lucia Muñoz Pascual
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
114 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Ext. 3329
327
Objetives
The objective of the course is to introduce students to the main decisions, tools and
methodologies related with the quality management in the organizations.
Syllabus
1. Introduction to quality (quality concept, quality costs, historical perspective)
2. Quality in services.
3. Systems Quality Management: standards and rules (ISO 9001). Management by processes.
4. Total quality and models of excellence
5. Basic tools for quality management.
6. Environmental Quality.
References
Textbooks (in spanish)
Camisón, C., Cruz, S. y González, T. (2007): Gestión de la calidad: Conceptos, enfoques, modelos y
sistemas, Pearson Prentice Hall.
Casadesus Fa, M., Heras Saizarbitoria, I. y Merino Diaz de Cerio, J. (2005): Calidad Práctica: Una guía
para no perderse en el mundo de la calidad, Prentice Hall.
Llorens Montes, F.J. y Fuentes Fuentes, M.M. (2005): Gestión de la calidad empresarial:
Fundamentos e implantación, Ediciones Pirámide.
Other bibliographical or electronic references, or any other type of resource (in spanish)
Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. (2009): Administración de producción y operaciones, 12ª
edición, McGraw-Hill
Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición, McGraw Hill,
Madrid.
Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición, Thompson
Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª edición,
Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall
Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de Operaciones:
Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Thomson
Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y
decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080).
nd
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2
328
FINANCE: RISK MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DEL RIESGO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103925
Type
(Carácter)
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
3
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis Javier Rizo Areas
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
122 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Contact via email
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
329
Requirements
Course: Principles of finance.
ECTS: 6
Type: COMPULSORY (OBLIGATORIO).
Objectives
Analyze the business situation from the point of view of business and financial management, its
relation with the environment, competition and its structure.
Provide the basic concepts about how to value firms and projects through diverse criteria and
tools that the student must learn and use fluently.
Learn the concept of risk and be able to make reasonable decisions in terms of profitability,
taking the analysis of the different possible scenarios as the starting point.
Syllabus
1. Introduction to business economics
2. Elements for economic valuation
3. the value of money through time
4. Classic criteria of economic valuation
5. Economic valuation with uncertainty
6. The cost of capital
7. Business case: valuing a mining company
Textbooks
BREALEY, R.A. y MYERS, S.C. (2002): “Fundamentos de financiación empresarial”. Mc
Graw Hill, Madrid . 4.4
FERNÁNDEZ, A.I. y GARCÍA, M (1992): “Las decisiones financieras de la empresa”. Ariel
Económica, Barcelona. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
FERNÁNDEZ ÁLVAREZ, A.I. (Ed) (1994): “Introducción a las finanzas”. Civitas, Madrid. 5.1,
5.3, 5.4, 5.5
KAEN, F.R. (1995): “Corporate finance . Blackwell Publishers, Oxford. 1.4, 4.4, 6.6
KEOWN, A.J. ; SCOTT, D.F.; MARTIN, J.D. y PETTY, J.W. (1999): “Introducción a las
finanzas”. Prentice Hall, New Jersey . 4.2, 4.4
MASCAREÑAS, J. y LEJARRIAGA, G. (1992): “Análisis de proyectos de inversión”. Eudema
Universidad, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
PINDADO, J. (2001): “Gestión de tesorería en la empresa: Teoría y aplicaciones prácticas”.
Ediciones Universidad de Salamanca. 5.2
PINDADO, J. (2005): “Conexión entre el VAN y el valor de mercado de las acciones.
Estrategia financiera”, Nº 214, pp.12-18.
ROSS, S.A.; WESTERFIELD, R.W. y JAFFE, J.F. (1996): “Corporate Finance”. Irwin, Boston.
330
3.5, 4.4
ROSS, S.A.; WESTERFIELD, R.W. y JORDAN (1991): “Fundamentos de finanzas
corporativas”. Mc Graw Hill
SUÁREZ SUÁREZ, A.S. (2003): “Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la
empresa”. Pirámide, Madrid. 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4
Libros de problemas
GÓMEZ ANSÓN , S. y otros (2000): “Problemas de Dirección Financiera”. Cívitas, Madrid
MARTÍN FENÁNDEZ, M. y MARTÍNEZ SOLANO, P. (2000): “Casos prácticos de Dirección
Financiera”. Pirámide, Madrid
VALLELADO GONZÁLEZ, E. y AZOFRA, V. (2001): “Prácticas de Dirección Financiera”.
Pirámide, Madrid
Other references
DURBAN OLIVA, S. (1994): “Introducción a las finanzas empresariales”. Universidad de
Sevilla. Manuales universitarios, Sevilla
GALLAGHER , T. (2001): “Administración financiera: Teoría y práctica”. Prentice Hall
GALLINGER, G.W. y POE, J.B. (1995): “Essentials of finance: An integrated Approach”.
Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
HIGGINS, R.C. (2003): “Analysis for financial managemet”. McGraw Hill, Boston.
PINDADO, J.(2005): “A new topic for teaching in corporate finance: How to avoid investment
inefficiencies. Advances in financial education”. En
prensa
(
este
artículo
se
puede
obtener
en
la
siguiente
website:
http://papers.ssrn.com/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=474641) 1.3
331
ACCOUNTING: SYSTEMS OF INTEGRAL MANAGEMENT
(SISTEMAS DE GESTIÓN INTEGRAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103926
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
239
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Rufino García Salinero
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension (Prof. Lázaro): 3132
332
Objectives
The subject has assigned a total of 6 ECTS credits, equivalent to 150 hours. The focus of the
formative activity of this subject is specially practical. Consequently, the tool used to solve the
different suppositions will be the computer and the information technology corresponding
programs. The training activity will require specific theoretical reviews by students for the
resolution of the different assumptions, as well as a detailed knowledge and enough managing
of the different programs offered by the Treasury Department for the payment of periodic taxes
and the annual corresponding summaries at the end of the course. We will try to teach the
matter as faithful as possible to mercantile reality. Students must interpret it from basic data:
invoices, bills of exchange, official tables of amortization, official models of liquidation of taxes,
production of official Textbooks following the procedure of the Mercantile Record, etc.
The dynamics of the subject will be developed in accordance with the following phases:
a) Every topic will be initially exposed by teacher by means of magisterial lesson (theoretical
lesson), facilitating detailed relation of the legislation, bibliography and all the other sources
which will be needed for a thorough knowledge of the topic in question. In addition, the menu
options will be studied in the computer with the corresponding program to implement across the
computer the acquired knowledge.
b) Once finished the theoretical session, the teacher will facilitate the practical obligatory
suppositions to be resolved by the pupil.
c) A system of tutorships (tutoring lesson) will be established for the resolution of any doubts.
d) Each student will solve in class his exercises using the computer (practical session). Usually
they will be solved individually but sometimes they may be carried out in groups, depending on
the
breadth
and
complexity
of
the
exercise.
e) At the end of course, the teacher will offer several summarizing-exercises, which will impact
especially on the agenda developed in the subject throughout the course as a whole. After a
brief period of tutoring, they will be also solved by pupils in class across IT procedures.
In this final phase it is necessary to include at least, the whole accounting basic cycle that a
SME is force to make along the fiscal year.
Syllabus
Systems of Integral Management: THEORETICAL PART.
Topic 1. Computer science as a tool of accounting.
Topic 2. Accounting as information system.
Topic 3. Accounting information systems and his computerization.
Topic 4. Accounting planning and his mechanization:
Groups, Subgroups, Accounts, Subaccounts and encoded structure of the "Annual Accounts".
Topic 5. The countable computerized registration. The chain of countable information and his
mechanization.
Topic 6. The countable Textbooks and his computerization. Content and legislation.
Topic 7. The countable formal and fiscal documentation:
333
Quarterly Documentation and Annual Summaries. Models and Fiscal Programs.
Systems of Integral Management: PRACTICE.
Topic 8. SPECIFIC PROJECTS AND PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS.
It consists on assumptions and solutions to carry out by the student with practical applications.
This theme will be developed along the course of simultaneous and complementary form to the
preceding chapters. It will be not less than 50% of total teaching hours.
Textbooks
* BESTEIRO VARELA, M.A.: “Contabilidad de Sociedades”. Edit. Pirámide. 2012.
* BUIREU GUARRO, J.: “Prontuario contable para PYMES 2012”. Edit. CISS. 2012.
* CANTONA AGRA, S.: “Contabilidad financiera. Casos prácticos resueltos y comentados”.
Edit. Andavira. 2012
* GURREA MARTÍNEZ, A.: “Normativa de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas”. Editorial
Tirant lo Blanch. 2012.
* LÁZARO HERNÁNDEZ, J.M.:
- “Apuntes de la asignatura Sistemas de Gestión Integral, curso 2012-2013”.
- “Apuntes de la asignatura “Fundamentos de contabilidad, curso 2011-2012”.
- “Apuntes de la asignatura “Contabilidad PYMES , curso 2012-2013”.
- “Ejercicios resueltos de contabilidad PYMES, curso 2012-2013”.
* MARTINEZ ARIAS, A.; y FERNÁNDEZ RODRÍGUEZ, E.: “Contabilidad de los impuestos
empresariales”. Edit. Consejo General de Colegios de Economistas de España. 2011.
* MEMENTO. Cierre fiscal contable. Ejercicio 2011. Edit. Francis Lefebvre. 2011.
* PALLEROLA COMAMALA, J.: “Contabilidad para PYMES. Supuestos cuenta por cuenta
basados en la realidad”. Edit. RAMA. 2011.
* ROJO RAMÍREZ, A.: “Las cuentas anuales en la empresa”. Edit. Garceta. 2012.
* VEGA GONZÁLEZ, F. DE: “Contaplus 2008”. Edit. Anaya. 2008.
*
WANDEN-BERGE LOZANO, J.L.: “Introducción a la contabilidad”. Edit. Pirámide.
2012.
Other references
- Código Penal. Art. 305, 310, 50, 51 y 52.
- Código de Comercio.
- Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada (BOE de 24 de marzo de 1995).
- Ley 43/1995, de 27 de diciembre, del Impuesto Sobre Sociedades (BOE de 28 de
diciembre de 1995).
- Ley 37/1992 de 28 de Diciembre, que aprueba el Impuesto sobre el Valor Añadido (BOE de
29 de diciembre de 1992)
- Ley 16/2007 de 4 de julio, de reforma y adaptación de la legislación mercantil en materia
contable para su arminización internacional con base en la normativa de la Unión Europea
(BOE nº 160 de 5 de julio de 2007).
- PGCE. R.D. 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el PGCE.
- PGCE. R.D. 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el PGCE PYME y los
criterios contables específicos para microempresas (suplemento al BOE núm. 279 de
21/11/2007).
- R. D. 1777/2004, de 30 de julio, que aprueba el Reglamento del impuesto sobre
sociedades, y Tablas de coeficientes de amortización (BOE de 6 de agosto de 2004).
- Reglamento del Registro Mercantil (BOE de 19 de julio de 1996).
- Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades Anónimas (BOE de 27 de diciembre de 1989).
334
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: CORPORATE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DE PROYECTOS EMPRESARIALES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103927
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
1
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Profesor Coordinador
Department
Departamento
Area
Área
Center
Centro
Office
Despacho
115 (FES Building)
Office hours
Wednesday; 13h-14h
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Group
2
Grupo / s
Phone
Teléfono
+34923 294500
Extension 3329
335
Objetives
This subject introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that must be made to
configure, plan and control the operations function of a company. The students will be able to
identify the different alternatives for each decision and the potential implications of each of such
alternatives.
The main objective of this subject is to train Students in the fundamentals and basic of business
Project management. Specially, Students will learn the basic concept and theorical, main
techniques, tools and practices, skills and tools for Enterprise Project management
Syllabus
TEMA 1. INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT BUSINESS
TEMA 2. BASIC IDEA
TEMA 3. BUSINESS MODEL
TEMA 4. METHODS OF CREATING BUSINESS PROJECTS
TEMA 5. SOURCES OF FUNDING
TEMA 6. LOCATION, COMPETENCE, MARKET & CLIENTS
TEMA 7. PRODUCT, PRODUCTION & SERVICES
TEMA 8. STRATEGY, ORGANIZATION, HR
TEMA 9. RSC & ETHICS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROJECT
References
Textbooks (in Spanish)
Triadó Ivern, Xavier. “Administración de la empresa: teoría y práctica”. McGraw-Hill. ISBN:
9788448178178
Gil Estalló, Mª Ángeles; Giner de la Fuente, Fernando. “Cómo crear y hacer funcionar una
empresa. Conceptos e instrumentos”. ESIC Editorial
Bellido Garrote, Mª Pilar. “Proyecto empresarial”.
Brojt, David. “Project Management. Un enfoque de liderazgo y ejecución de proyectos en la
empresa para aplicar el lunes por la mañana”. Ediciones Granica
Cuervo García, Álvaro y otros. “Introducción a la administración de empresas”. Thomson
Civitas
Other references
-
336
THIRD YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
FINANCE: BANKING AND INSURANCE
(ECONOMÍA BANCARIA Y SEGUROS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103931
Type
(Carácter)
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Groups
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
123 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
1
+34923294500
Ext3005
337
Requirements
Principles of finance
Introduction to business administration
IT in business management
Principles of accounting
Financial mathematics
Business statistics
Business law
Principles of marketing
Objectives
Provide the necessary knowledge in banking and insurance, as well as the basic principles that
govern both types of institutions, in relation with the development of SMEs.
Syllabus
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The financial environment. Regulation and rules that affect the banking and insurance
sectors.
Actuarial and financial statistics and mathematics that are applicable to the banking and
insurance activity.
Analyzing and managing risk.
The banking sector. Models.
Banking operations.
General theory of insurance.
Managing insurance companies.
The impact of IT in the banking and insurance sectors.
The consolidation process in the banking and insurance sectors.
Marketing in the banking and insurance sectors.
Textbooks
Barquero Cabrero, José Daniel; Huertas Colomina, Ferran Josep, Manual de Banca,
Finanzas y Seguros. Gestión 2000
CECAS, Manual del Mediador de Seguros.
CECAS, Curso Superior de Seguros.
López Lubian, Francisco; García Estévez, Pablo (2009), Bolsa, Mercados y Técnicas de
Invesión. . MacGraw Hill.. Madrid.
López Pascual, Joaquín; Sebastián González, Altina (2008), Gestión Bancaria. MacGraw
338
Hill.. Madrid.
Other references
To be determined during the course.
339
FINANCE: FINANCIAL ADVISING
(ASESORAMIENTOS FINANCIEROS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103932
Type
(Carácter)
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Groups
Álvaro Jiménez Gutiérrez
1
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Contact via email
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extensión: 3524
340
Requirements
The general requirements to study the corresponding academic year of the degree.
Objectives
General objectives:
− Be able to analyze, diagnose and solve problems related with financial investment
decisions and financial advising.
− Develop the skills necessary to communicate the acquired knowledge with an adequate
language.
− Be able to make an efficient presentation to potential investors.
− Identify and use IT resources and its applicability to the business field.
− Manage the available economic information.
− Develop the ability to learn and acquire new knowledge and techniques on your own.
− Acquire the ability to work and communicate with multidisciplinary teams.
− Acquire the ability to adapt to new economic situations and contexts.
Specific objectives:
− Recognize the basic concepts of the business and economic fields.
− Identify activities the enable value creation for investors.
− Value different investment according to their suitability and level of risk.
− Economic valuation of investments according to their risk.
− Learn to analyze the target market and choose and adequate diversification strategy.
− Learn methodologies to study investments schemes.
− Define the process to choose from different investment options depending on the
environment (local, regional and general) and period of time.
Syllabus
QUINTO CURSO6050 ECONOMÍA, ORGANIZACIÓN Y GESTIÓN DE EMPRESAS
1. Financial computation.
2. Portfolio theory and management.
3. Fixed interest investments.
4. Variable interest investments.
341
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Technical analysis.
Derivatives.
Structured products.
Foreign currencies.
Funds and institutional investment vehicles.
Insurance and pension funds.
Economic indicators.
Real estate markets and investments.
Ethics.
Financial planning.
Tax planning.
Textbooks
Manual Bisf del Asesor Financiero. Autor: Banco de Inversiones y Servicios Financieros.
Editorial Mercaban. 1992.
Other references
Manuales de acreditación European Financial Planning Advisor. (EFPA)
(FEF- CIFF…)
342
FISCAL LAW: LEGAL FRAMEWORK OF FINANCIAL OPERATIONS
(MARCO LEGAL DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103933
Compulsory
(Obligatoria)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Mercantil y Derecho Financiero y Tributario
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Privado y Derecho Administrativo, Financiero y Procesal
343
ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING CONSOLIDATION
(CONSOLIDACIÓN CONTABLE)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103934
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
239
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Doroteo Martín Jimenez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
128 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3007
344
Objectives
LEARNING OUTCOMES
-
Determine the existence of a business combination
Define the business combination and the different types
Know and apply the different consolidation methods, as well as the most appropriate for
each type of business combination
Elaborate and interpret the information contained in the consolidated financial
statements
-
Syllabus
Unit 1. Accounting consolidation. Situations and regulation.
Unit 2. Business combinations
Unit 3. Consolidation methods
Unit 4. Consolidation process
Unit 5. Consolidation in quoted corporations
Unit 6. Consolidated financial statements
Unit 7. Analysis and interpretation of consolidated statements
Textbooks
LIBROS
ALVAREZ MELCÓN, S. (2002): Consolidación de Estados Financieros, Mc Graw-Hill,
Madrid.
BONED, J.L. y ANGLA, J.J. (2011): Consolidación de Estados Financieros, Profit editorial,
Barcelona.
DE LAS HERAS MIGUEL, L. (2009): Normas de Consolidación. Comentarios y Casos
Prácticos, Centro de Estudios Financieros, Madrid.
FERNÁNDEZ FERNÁNDEZ, J.M. (1996): Consolidación de Estados Contables, Editorial AC,
Madrid.
PULIDO, A. (2010): Combinaciones de Negocios y Preparación de Cuentas Anuales
Consolidadas, Garceta Grupo editorial, Madrid.
ARTICULOS
BAZÁN, L. (2011): “La nueva normativa contable de combinaciones de negocios entre
empresas independientes y entre empresas del grupo”, Técnica Contable, nº 737, pp. 61-74.
CONDOR LÓPEZ, V. (2011): “Principales novedades de las NOFCAC”, Partida Doble, nº
229, pp. 10-25.
CORONA ROMERO, E. y BEJARANO VÁZQUEZ, V. (2011): “El impuesto sobre sociedades
en cuentas anuales consolidadas”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 66-85.
MILLÁN AGUILAR, A. (2011): “Tratamiento contable de una compraventa entre dos
empresas del grupo”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 109-113.
VILLANUEVA GARCÍA, E. (2011): “La eliminación inversión-patrimonio neto y la valoración
de los socios externos en las NOFCAC (I)”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 44-65.
LEGISLACIÓN NACIONAL
345
REAL DECRETO 1159/2010, de 17 de septiembre, por el que se aprueban las normas para
la Formulación de las Cuentas Anuales Consolidadas. (BOE de 24 de septiembre).
LEY 19/1989, de Reforma Parcial y Adaptación de la Legislación Mercantil Española a las
Directivas Comunitarias en Materia de Derecho de Sociedades (arts. 42 a 49).
Contabilidad (BOE nº 278, de 20 de noviembre).
microempresas (BOE nº 279, de 21 de noviembre).
NORMATIVA INTERNACIONAL
NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 27 (NIC 27): Estados Financieros
Consolidados y Separados.
NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 28 (NIC 28): Inversiones en Entidades
Asociadas.
NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 31 (NIC 31): Participaciones en Negocios
Conjuntos.
NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE INFORMACIÓN FINANCIERA Nº 3 (NIIF 3): Combinaciones
de Negocios.
Other references
-
346
ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL IN SMALL
AND MEDIUM COMPANIES
(CONTABILIDAD Y CONTROL DE GESTIÓN EN PYMES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103935
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
239
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
102 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Tuesday: 19:00-20:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 331
347
Objectives
Our main objective is that the student is able to manage the appropriate
procedures
in
order
to
calculate
or
estimate
the
products
or
services
costs which are the subject of the activity of the company, determining
the result of the activity and, therefore to provide the right information
to make a correct decision for the strategy of the company and to get the
highest
internal
result,
and
to
understand
deeply
the
new
and
last
management internal systems.
Syllabus
Part I: COST ACCOUNTING THEORY
Part II: DETERMINATION OF THE PRODUCTION COSTS
Part III: COSTS IN THE DECISION MAKING PROCESS
Part IV: STANDAR COSTS AND COSTS FOR ORDERS
Part V: SYSTEM COSTS ALLOCATION TO PRODUCTS
Textbooks
FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION Escobar, Tomás, Cortijo, Virginia. Madrid:
Prentice Hall.
CONTABILIDAD DE COSTES Y CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION Saez Torrecilla, Angel. Mc
Graw Hill.
Other references
MANUAL DE CONTROL DE GESTION . ACCID. Madrid.
DOCUMENTOS SOBRE PRINCIPIOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION DE
LA
ASOCIACION ESPAÑOLA DE CONTABILIDAD Y ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS
(AECA ).
Durante el desarrollo de la asignatura se proporcionará diverso material adicional
complementario.
348
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: STAFF COMPENTATION AND MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN Y RETRIBUCIÓN DE PERSONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103936
Type
(Carácter)
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis Vázquez suárez
Grupo / s
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
129 (FES building – Campus Unamuno)
Office hours
Wednesday: 16:00 -19:00
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
Teléfono
+34923294500
Extension 3174
349
Objetives
We have witnessed in recent years a major shift in business thinking on the role that individuals
play in organizations. To contemplate the human element as a factor of production has been to
consider a differentiation factor and source of competitive advantage. This change in
perspective has elevated the importance of the social function to a predominant plane within the
field of business management. Overcome their traditional legal and administrative vision the
new HR function assumes the mission of leading people and create the conditions to reconcile
the personal and business goals. The main objective pursued by this program is to educate
students, future specialists in labor relations in the new approach to the management and
human resource management and provide basic knowledge and skills to enable them to
understand that management effective human resources is a decisive aspect in business
success.
Syllabus
T 1.- HUMAN FACTORS IN ORGANIZATIONS
T 2.- MANAGEMENT & HR
T 3.- THE EVOLVING ROLE OF HUMAN RESOURCES IN ORGANIZATIONS
T 4.- INFLUENTIAL FACTORS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
T 5- MANAGEMENT OF HR
T 6.- ANALYSIS AND DESIGN JOBS
T 7.- PLANNING AND CONTROL OF HUMAN RESOURCES
T 8.- HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUITMENT (I)
T 9.- HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUITMENT (II)
T 10.- BREAKING LABOR MANAGEMENT AND RELOCATION SERVICE EMPLOYEES
T 11.- TRAINING AND HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT IN ORGANIZATIONS
T 12.- CAREER DEVELOPMENT
T 13.- PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
T 14- COMPENSATION AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION
T 15.-INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT OF HR
T 16.-INNOVATION & HR
T 17.- SOCIAL ETHICAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES
350
REFERENCES
TEXTBOOKS
Textbooks
Alfaro de Prado Sagrera, Ana Maria, "El Factor humano en las relaciones laborales manual
de dirección y gestión", Madrid Pirámide cop. 1999
Aragón Sánchez, Antonio / García-Tenorio Ronda, Jesús coord. / Sabater Sánchez, Ramón
coord., "Fundamentos de dirección y gestión de recursos humanos", Australia [etc.] Thomson
D.L. 2004
Dolan, Simon L., "La gestión de los recursos humanos preparando profesionales para el siglo
XXI", Madrid McGraw-Hill D.L. 2003
Gómez-Mejía, Luis R., "Dirección y gestión de recursos humanos", Madrid [etc.] Prentice Hall
2004
Alarcón García, María José / Camisón Zornoza, César coord. / Dalmau Porta, Juan Ignacio
coord., "Introducción a los negocios y su gestión", Madrid [etc.] Pearson-Prentice Hall D.L.
2009
Alarcón García, María José / Hofstadt Román, Carlos J. van-der dir. / Gómez Gras, José
María dir., "Competencias y habilidades profesionales para universitarios", Madrid Díaz de
Santos D.L. 2006
Other references
-
351
MARKETING: DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DE LOS CANALES DE DISTRIBUCIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103937
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
ÁNGELA GONZÁLEZ LUCAS
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
321 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3124
352
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce students to the main concepts related with marketing
channels. The general objectives are: (1) to present the basic foundation of marketing channels
concepts; (2) to identify the major participants in marketing channels; (3) to understand the
sequence of the channel design and selection; (4) to explain the characteristics of the managing
the marketing channels; and to be able to apply information to different cases of marketing
channels.
Syllabus
- Marketing Channels Systems. Marketing channel concepts, the channel participants, and the
behavioral processes in marketing channels.
- Developing the marketing channels. Strategy in marketing channels,
- Designing and selecting the channel members. The channel structure.
- Managing the marketing channels. Motivation, promotion, prices, logistic, and evaluation.
Textbooks
Estrategias de Marketing para Mercados Industriales: producto y distribución (Ed. Civitas)
Other references
Chemical Product Design (Ed. Cambridge, second edition, 2011)
353
MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH IN RETAILING
(INVESTIGACIÓN DE MERCADOS EN EMPRESAS MINORISTAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103938
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
ÓSCAR GONZÁLEZ BENITO
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3008
354
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce students to the main procedures and techniques designed
to assess, collect and analyze information necessary for making marketing decisions in retailing,
so they know their characteristics, applications and implications, and are able to assess their
convenience and apply them correctly.
Syllabus
-
Introduction to marketing research in retailing.
Secondary data.
Qualitative techniques for collecting primary data.
Quantitative techniques for collecting primary data.
Questionnaire design.
Measures and scales.
Sampling.
Experimentation.
Basic techniques for analyzing market data.
Textbooks
Churchill, G.A. (2003): Investigación de Mercados, 4ª edición, Paraninfo.
Hair, J.F.; Bush, R. y Ortinau, D.J. (2010): Investigación de Mercados, 4ª edición, McGrawHill.
Grande Esteban, I. y Abascal Fernández, E. (2011): Fundamentos y Técnicas de
Investigación Comercial, 11ª edición, ESIC Editorial.
Malhotra, N.K. (2008): Investigación de Mercados, 5ª edición, Pearson.
McDaniel, C. y Gates, R. (2005): Investigación de Mercados, 6ª edición. Paraninfo.
Trespalacios Gutiérrez, J.A.; Vázquez Casielles, R. y Bello Acebrón, L. (2005): Investigación
de Mercados, Paraninfo.
Zikmund, W.G. (2003): Fundamentos de Investigación de Mercados, 2ª edición, Paraninfo.
Webb, J.R. (2003): Investigación de Mercados, 2ª edición, Paraninfo.
Other references
-
355
SOCIOLOGY: SOCIOLOGY OF CONSUMPTION
(SOCIOLOGÍA DEL CONSUMO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103939
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
ECTS
239
Year
(Curso)
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Sociology
(Sociología)
Department
(Departamento)
Sociology and Communication
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Marta Lambea Ortega
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Sociology and Communication
Área
(Área)
Sociology
(Sociología)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
405 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Thursday: 11h-15h and 16h-18h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3114
356
Objectives
1. To study the evolution of contemporary societies through consumption.
2. To understand the meaning of consumption in our society.
3. To know the cultural and socio-psychological factors which influence the act of
consumption.
4. To identify problems related to ethics and culture, and to understand the impact of
business organizations in nowadays society.
Syllabus
1. The aim of sociology of consumption
2. Capitalism as a needs-maker
3. Sociological theories about consumer society
4. New types of consumption
5. Post-Fordist consumption
6. Lifestyles and consumption
7. Advertising, consumption and gender
8. Qualitative techniques for market research
Textbooks
ALONSO, L.E. (2005). La era del consumo. Madrid. Siglo XXI.
ALONSO, L.E. y CONDE, F. (1994): Historia del consumo en España: una aproximación a
sus orígenes y primer desarrollo. Madrid. Debate.
ALONSO RIVAS, J Y GRANDE ESTABAN, I. (2004): Comportamiento del consumidor.
Madrid. ESIC.
BAUMAN, Z. (1999). Trabajo, consumismo y nuevos pobres. Barcelona. Gedisa.
BAUMAN, Z (2007): Vida de consumo. Madrid. F.C.E.
BOCOCK, R. (1993).: El consumo. Madrid. Talasa.
CORTINA, A. (2002).: Por una ética del consumo: la ciudadanía del consumidor en un
mundo global. Madrid. Taurus
FERRER, E. (1999): Los lenguajes del color. Madrid. F.C.E.
HALL, S (2007): Esto significa esto, esto significa aquello. Semiótica: guía de los signos y su
significado. Barcelona. Blume
MATTELART, A. (1991).: La publicidad. Barcelona. Paidos
MOLINÉ GOLOVART, M (2000).: La fuerza de la publicidad: saber hacer buena publicidad,
saber administrar su fuerza, Madrid, Mc Graw Hill, 2000.
O´SHAUGHNESSY, J. (1989).:Por qué compra la gente?.Madrid. Díaz de Santos.
PÉREZ TORNERO, J.M. (1992): La seducción de la opulencia. Madrid. Paidos.
PINTADO BLANCO, T (2004): Marketing para adolescentes. Madrid. Pirámide
RITZER, G. (2000): El encanto de un mundo desencantado. Revolución en los medios de
consumo. Barcelona. Ariel.
REVISTA POLÍTICA Y SOCIEDAD. (1994). (16) Madrid. Editorial Complutense
SOLÉ MORO, M.L (1999): Los consumidores del siglo XXI. Madrid. ESIC.
357
SLATER, D. (1997).: Consumer, culture and modernity. Cambridge. Polity Press.
VEBLEN, T. (1974).: Teoría de la clase ociosa. México. FCE.
VERDÚ, V. (2003): El estilo del mundo. Barcelona. Anagrama
Other references
— Revista Española de Investigaciones Sociológicas: REIS
— http://www.ine.es/
— http://ruc.udc.es/dspace/bitstream/2183/2725/1/SO-5-6.pdf
358
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: NEGOTIATION IN SPECIFIC CONTEXT
(NEGOCIACIÓN EN CONTEXTOS ESPECÍFICOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
103940
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Departament
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
112 - Miércoles 13:00-14:00
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Teléfono
923 294500 ext. 3001
Objectives
This subject aims to provide students with Basics Concepts of Negotiation. It reviews
the theoretical foundations of negotiation, main practices, skills and design tools, and
the negotiation process in different kinds of contexts.
359
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Introduction to negotiation.
Definition, characteristics and kinds of negotiations.
Negotiation stages.
Negotiation process.
Negotiation in an international context.
A negotiation method.
Negotiation skills.
Negotiation strategies and tactics.
Negotiation contexts.
360
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: LOGISTICS AND PROVIDERS MANAGEMENT
(LOGÍSTICA Y GESTIÓN DE PROVEEDORES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103941
Type
(Carácter)
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Datos del profesorado
Course Coordinator
Por determinar
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Por determinar
Departament
(Departamento)
Area
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
(Edificio Departamental FES)
E-mail
Teléf
ono
Objectives
This subject introduces the main decisions, techniques and tools related to Logistics and
Supplier Management.
361
Syllabus
1. Logistics and Supplier Management. Basic Concepts.
Strategic Planning:
2. Supplier Management.
3. Supplier Network Design: Suppliers location, size and number.
(Cualitative and cuantitative methods).
Operational Planning:
4. Purchasing Management: Purchasing process, supplier selection, negotiation techniques,
purchasing tracking.
5. Supply Chain Planning and Control (DRP systems, inventory management models, route
planning)
6. New Technologies and Supplier Management.
References
Textbooks
Anaya Tejero, J.J. (2000): Logística Integral. La Gestión Operativa de la Empresa, ESIC,
Madrid.
Arbones Malisani, E.A. (1990): Logística Empresarial, Marcombo, Barcelona.
Ballou, R.H. (1991): Logística Empresarial: Control y Planificación, Díaz de Santos, Madrid.
Coyle, J.J., Bardi, E.J. y Langley, C.J. (1996): The Management of Business Logistics, 6th
edition, West Publishing, St Paul, Minneapolis.
Fernández Suárez, N., García Laguna, J., Martínez Ferreras, J. y San José Nieto, L.A. (1999):
Gestión de Stocks. Modelos de Optimización y Software, Secretariado de Publicaciones,
Universidad de Valladolid.
Gutierrez Casas, G. y Prida Romero, B. (1998): Logística y distribución física: evolución,
situación actual, análisis comparativo y tendencias, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Mathur, K. y Solow, D. (1996): Investigación de Operaciones, Prentice Hall, México.
Parra Guerrero, F. (1996): Gestión de Stocks, ESIC Editorial, Madrid.
Winston, W.L. (1994): Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, 3rd edition,
Duxbury, Belmont.
362
MARKETING: BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING
(MARKETING INDUSTRIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103942
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
311 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Friday: 16h-19h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
363
Objectives
The course is intended to introduce students to B2B Marketing, so they will be able to
understand the focus of decisions in business to business marketing, and they will
analyze the relationship between marketing and other functional activities of the
industrial company, knowing their characteristics, applications and implications.
Syllabus
- Introduction to B2B Marketing.
- Purchasing behavior of organizations: specific characteristics.
- Product, Communication, Distribution and Pricing Strategy in B2B Marketing.
- Marketing Plan: contents, design and development.
Textbooks
Estrategias de Marketing para Mercados Industriales: producto y distribución (Ed. Civitas)
Other references
Chemical Product Design (Ed. Cambridge, second edition, 2011)
364
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS
(ADMINISTRACIÓN DE NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103943
Type
(Carácter)
Optative
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Ana Isabel Prieto Cuerdo
Group
(Grupo / s)
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
116 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Tutorials will be determined at the beginning of the academic
year
(Las tutorías se determinarán a principio de curso)
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Ext. (Prof. Prieto): 3486
Objetives
Knowing the transformation of the company in international management.
Recognize the cooperatives formulas as essential tools in the internationalization of companies.
Evaluate the activity of the internationalized company.
365
Syllabus
1. International business: planning of entry.
2. The multinational: transformation, offshoring.
3. Organization of a multinational: growth and development.
4. International cooperation.
5. Evaluation of international activity.
References
Reference books for students (in Spanish)
Hermosilla, A. ¡Cómo cooperar? Ministerio de Industria. 1996
Polo García, J. M. Comercio internacional: teoría y técnicas. Editorial Universidad de
Granada.
Díez Vergara, M. Manual práctico de comercio internacional. 2000. Deusto.
366
APPLIED ECONOMICS: EUROPEAN UNION ECONOMY
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103944
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
ECTS
239
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
3
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Juan José de Guardo González
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
Department
(Departamento)
Applied Economics
Área
(Área)
Applied Economics
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Office Hours
Monday and Wednesday: 11h-14h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34620572276
367
Objectives
In general terms, the objective is to learn about the importance and consequences of the
European Union (EU) in the economic policy design in our country. These effects might be
visible not only in the conditioning on fiscal policies (art. 135 Spanish Constitution) but also in
the regulatory design in specific economic branches that are subject to harmonization
requirements stemming from the single market, the monetary union and the strategic goals of
the EU.
The subject attempts to deepen into the theoretical rationale of the economic and monetary
integration as much as to offer an overview of the EU’s institutional framework, the main policies
and their most recent changes.
Syllabus
‐
Approach to the international trade theories.
‐
Determinants of international trade.
‐
Economic integration: definition and different forms of integration.
‐
European integration
‐
Institutional framework in the European Union
‐
European public budget
‐
European common policies.
‐
European Monetary Union.
Textbooks
Introducción a la Unión Europea: un análisis desde la economía (Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo y
R. Bonete- Alianza Editorial)
Economía de la Unión Europea (José Mª Jordan Galduf- THOMSON)
Other references
Durante las sesiones, se facilitarán algunos recursos que deberán tenerse en cuenta para el
progreso de los conocimientos necesarios para la asignatura.
Estos estarán accesibles a través de la plataforma virtual Studium.
Dichos materiales incluirán:
1. Las presentaciones y documentos (en .pdf) de las sesiones expositivas.
2. Cuadros sinópticos previos a la clase en los que el estudiante puede tomar sus
notas al hilo de lo explicado en la sesión magistral.
3. Otros archivos, como instrucciones para los ejercicios y trabajos obligatorios y/o
voluntarios, puntos para la reflexión, preguntas para el comentario y el debate,
etc.
368
ACCOUNTING: INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
(CONTABILIDAD INTERNACIONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103945
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis Rodríguez Domínguez
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
301 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Tuesday: 13h-14h; Wednesday 11h-14h; Thursday: 11h-13h
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3515
369
Objectives
LEARNING OUTCOMES
-
Know the main international accounting standard setters
Identify the main features of the different approaches to the international accounting
practices
Understand the accounting systems and environments in France, Germany, the UK and
the US
Describe the similarities and differences of the Spanish accounting regulation as
compared to the international regulations.
Syllabus
-
Introduction to International Accounting
Analysis of the international accounting diversity. Forces behind the different
approaches.
Accounting systems and environments in the international sphere
Process of harmonization. Main international institutions (IASB, IFAC, FASB, etc.)
Standardisation of the financial information
IFRS for the different elements of the financial statements
Annual reports in the IFRS
Textbooks
Mirza, A. y otros (2008): IFRS Practical Implementation Guide and Workbook. Ed. John Wiley
& Sons. 2nd edition.
Moreno Adalid. A. M. (cood.) y otros: (2008): Las NIC y su influencia en la reforma contable.
Servicio de Publicaciones, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, Madrid.
Rodríguez Pérez, G. y otros (2006): Contabilidad Europea 2005. Análisis y Aplicación de las
NIIF. Ed. McGrawHill, Madrid.
Other references
Epstein, B.J. y Jermakowicz, E.K. (2008): IFRS Policies and Procedures. Ed. Wiley & Sons.
Haskins y otros (2000): Internacional Financial Reporting and Analysis. A Contextual
Emphasis. Ed. McGrawHill.
http://www.iasplus.com/en
370
ENGLISH: BUSINESS ENGLISH
(INGLÉS DE LOS NEGOCIOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103946
Type
(Carácter)
Optional
(Optativa)
Área
(Área)
Philology
(Filología)
Department
(Departamento)
English Philology
(Filología Inglesa)
Plan
(Plan)
239
Year
(Curso)
3
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
María Luisa del Río Oliete
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
English Philology
(Filología Inglesa)
Área
(Área)
Philology
(Filología)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
014 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Wednesday: 11:30-12:30
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294400
Extension: 1795
371
Objectives
-The comprehension in English of the role of international commerce in business management,
contents and implementations in business decision making.
-To know how to look for and implement the different and necessary sources of information for a
deal in international commerce.
- The command of the necessary linguistic tools to identify and select international markets.
Syllabus
- Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Production (T). Production, Commerce, Consumption (P).
- Commerce, Trade and Services to Trade (T). The Balance of Trade and the B. of Payments (P).
- Business Ownership (T). Different Types of Business (P).
- The Qualities and Functions of Money. (T). Money and Banking: Loan Allocation (P).
- Financial Statements (T). How to read an Annual Report (P).
- The Globalization of the World Economy (T). Its implications for Management in the
International Business (P).
-Research and Development (T). Company R.& D. Strategies and Policy Dimensions (P).
- Phases of Capitalist Development (T). Bubbles and Recessions (P).
- Meeting Basic Human Needs (T). Poverty and Social Security (P).
- The Labour Market. Recruitment (T). Job Offers: How to write a Résumé (P).
Textbooks
‐
‐
‐
‐
‐
Brealey, R.A. & Myers, S.C. (1991 4th ed.): Principles of Corporate Finance,
McGraw-Hill.
Dornbusch, R. & Fisher, S. (1994 6th ed.): Macroeconomics, McGraw-Hill.
Hill, Charles W.L. (1994): International Business: Competing in the Global
Marketplace, Irwin.
Samuelson,P.A. (1992 14th ed.): Economics, McGraw-Hill.
Welsch, G.A. & Chesley, G.R. (1998 Canadian edition): Fundamentals of
Financial Accounting, Irwin.
Other references
Suplemento Negocios del periódico El País.
372
FOURTH YEAR
FALL SEMESTER
FINANCE: SECURITIES MARKET ANALISYS AND FINANCIAL
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
(ANALISIS DEL MERCADO DE VALORES Y GESTION DE CARTERAS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103947
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
José Ignacio Pizarro Maderal
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
(FES Building)
Office Hours
REQUESTED BY EMAIL BEFORE
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 1032
373
Objectives
The goal is that students learn the general operation of our financial system, know their products
(Financial Assets), intermediaries and markets in which they operate. Also know the functions of
the Central Banks, Monetary Policy development, the European Central Bank (ECB) and the
European System of Central Banks (ESCB).
It will present the work way of stock markets and credit institutions and other official financial
intermediaries, with analysis and commentary from all the financial news, so notorious in recent
years. Students will do works of practical implementation of the theoretical content exposed in
class.
Syllabus
ITEM 1. GENERAL OVERVIEW OF FINANCES
ITEM 2. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ITEM 3. CAPITAL MARKET: SECURITIES MARKET. OPERATION SYSTEM AND FEATURES.
ITEM 4. FIXED INCOME SECURITIES: FEATURES AND VALUATION OF BONDS
ITEM 5. VARIABLE INCOME SECURITIES: FEATURES AND VALUATION OF SHARES
ITEM 6. PROFITABILITY AND RISK. DIFERENTS ALTERNATIVES OF SECURITIES
INVESTMENT
ITEM 7. PROFITABILITY and RISK, VALUATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
ITEM 8. FEATURES and VALUATION OF OPTIONS
Textbooks
MARTÍN MARÍN, J.L.; TRUJILLO PONCE A. (2004) : Manual de Mercados Financieros.
Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid.
PEDROSA M. (2003): Los mercados financieros internacionales y su globalización. Editorial
AC. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid.
CUERVO, A.; RODRÍGUEZ SAIZ, L.; PAREJO, J.A.; CALVO, A. (1997): Manual del Sistema
Financiero Español. Ariel Economía, Barcelona.
TRUJILLO, J.A., CUERVO, C.; VARGAS, F.(1998): El Sistema Financiero Español. Editorial
Ariel. Barcelona.
FABOZZI, F. J. ; MODIGLIANI, F. (1996): Mercados e Instituciones Financieras. Prentice Hall
Hispanoamericana, S.A.
MASCAREÑAS PÉREZ, J.; CHACÓN BLANCO, J.E. (1995): Activos y Mercados
Financieros. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid.
ONTIVEROS, E.; VALERO, F.J. (1994): Introducción al Sistema Financiero Español. Ed.
Cívitas.
DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991): Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados
374
financieros internacionales. McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management.
Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall, Hemel
Hempstead.
Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros. Thomson,
Madrid.
Mascareñas, J., Lamothe, P., López, F. y Luna W. (2004): Opciones reales y valoración de
activos. Prentice Hall.
Miguel Hidalgo, A. (1990): Las decisiones de inversión, financiación y dividendos en la
empresa. Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid.
Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la empresa.
Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid.
Other references
www.bde.es
www.meff.es
www.bbva.es
www.invertia.com
www.finanzas.es
www.ine.com
www.mercadodivisas.rastreador.com
www.ico.es
www.elconfidencial.com/mercados/
375
FINANCE: BUSINESS VALUATION FOR BANKS AND INSURANCES
(VALORACIÓN DE EMPRESAS PARA BANCA Y SEGUROS)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103948
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
376
MARKETING: FINANCIAL MARKETING
(MARKETING FINANCIERO)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103949
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
[email protected]
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
302 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Mondays 12.00h. a 13.00 h.
URL Web
http://web.usal.es/mgarcia
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294500
Extension: 3515
377
Objectives
Learn how to solve commercial problems from financial products and learn how to take strategic
decisions in order to reach the marketing plan objectives.
Syllabus
THEME 1.- The Financial Sector.
THEME 2.- The Financial Marketing. General approach.
THEME 3.- Financial Consumer Behavior.
THEME 4.- Marketing Research in the Financial Market
THEME 5.- Segmentation and Positioning in the Financial Market.
THEME 6.- Product: The Financial Products and Services.
THEME 7.- Price: Prices in the Financial Sector.
THEME 8.- Distribution: The Distribution in the Financial Sector.
THEME 9.- Communication: The Communication in the Financial Sector.
THEME 10.- The Financial Marketing plan.
THEME 11.- The Service Quality in the Financial Sector.
Textbooks
Barrutia Legarreta, J. M. (2002) Marketing Bancario en la era de la Información. Editorial
Pirámide.
Castelló Muñoz, E. (2007): Gestión Comercil de Servicios Financieros. ESIC.
Donnelly, J. y otros. (1989): Marketing de Servicios Financieros. Díaz de Santos.
Embid Herranz, Pedro y otros. (1998): Marketing Financierto. McGraw Hill.
McGoldrick. P. y otros (1996): Comercialización de Servicios Financieros. McGraw Hill.
Moroy, F. y otro (2011) Banca Comercial, Esic.
Sarro Álvarez, M. M. (2001) Marketing de las Cajas de Ahorro. Editorial Pirámide.
Surdandas, A. (2005) Marketing Financiero. McGraw Hill.
Teruel Sierra, M. (1995): Marketing Financiero y de servicios de la Oficina Bancaria.
Publicaciones Universidad Pontificia Comillas
Other references
Will be communicated to the students along the course according to the teaching needs.
378
ACCOUNTING: ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
(CONTABILIDAD SUPERIOR)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103950
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Arjola Mecaj
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
106 (FES Building)
Office Hours
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3134
379
Objectives
This course aims to provide the students with knowledge and understanding of the rules in
order to elaborate the financial statements, the criteria and valuation rules applied to the
business operations, as well as the accounting rules related to the Corporate tax.
Syllabus
Income Statements: Preparation, publication and Legal Concerns..
Statement of changes in Equity.
Statement of Cash Flow.
Study of specific Balance Aggregates.
Differences between Accounting and Taxes
Indirect taxation and tax refunds.
Corporate taxes
Income and expenses recognized directly in equity
Insolvency Law in Spain. Accounting concepts of payment suspension and bankruptcy.
Textbooks
All the supporting material will be facilitated at the beginning of the course.
Other references
380
ACCOUNTING: BUSINESS CONSULTING FOR SMEs
(ASESORAMIENTO DE PYMES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103951
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Luis Rodríguez Domínguez, Ph.D.
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
Room 102 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Wednesday, 12-14h (Previous appointment required)
URL Web
http://campus.usal.es/~empresa/09_depto/pages/profesorado/pr
o_cont/datos-basicos.php?nump=56
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3132
381
Objectives
After completing this course you should be able to:
- Design a business plan and have a set of guidelines to analyse the viability of firm
projects
- Undertake most of the administrative proceedings linked to accounting and tax
obligations.
- Suggest different choices for financing in SMEs
- Evaluate the economic situation of a SME adequately
- Know the norms that regulate the issue of financial information
- Apply different assessment methods for SMEs
- Set out the liquidation of a SME
Syllabus
UNIT 1: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. ECONOMIC PROPOSAL
UNIT 2: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. LEGAL PROPOSAL
UNIT 3: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. FIRST STAGES
UNIT 4: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FINANCING
UNIT 5: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT THE ACCOUTING PROCESS AND CORPORATE
OBLIGATIONS
UNIT 6: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
UNIT 7: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FIRM VALUATION
UNIT 8: BUSINESS
PROCEDURES
CONSULTING
ABOUT
SMEs’
LIQUIDATION.
BANKRUPTCY
UNIT 9: TOOLS OF SEARCH FOR INFORMATION FOR SMEs
Textbooks
Brealey, R., Myers, S. y Marcus, A. (2007): Fundamentos de Finanzas Corporativas. Ed.
McGraw-Hill, Madrid.
Castro, I. y Rufino, J.I. (2010): Creación de empresas para emprendedores. Editorial
Pirámide.
Cuervo, A. (2008): Introducción a la Administración de Empresas. Ed. Thomson, Civitas,
Navarra.
Font, J. y Elvira, O. (2001): Presupuestos, Planes Financieros y Estudios de Viabilidad.
Editorial Gestión 2000.
Gómez Gras. J.M. y otros (2012): Manual de casos sobre creación de empresas en España.
382
Editorial McGraw Hill.
López Lubián, F.J. (2007): Casos prácticos de finanzas corporativas. Editorial Thomson.
Muñoz Merchante, A. (2009): Análisis de Estados Financieros. Teoría y Práctica. Ediciones
Académicas, Madrid.
Priede, T. y otros (2010): Creación y desarrollo de empresas. Editorial Pirámide.
Ley de Sociedades de Capital (2010)
Normativa legal sobre creación de empresas
Normativa legal sobre liquidación de empresas
Normativa legal sobre el proceso contable
Other references
www.ipyme.org
http://www.icac.meh.es/
383
FISCAL LAW: SMEs TAXATION
(FISCALIDAD DE LAS PYMES)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103952
Elective
(Optative)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Administrativo, Procesal y Financiero-Tributario
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
384
MARKETING: MANAGEMENT OF THE POINT-OF-SALE
(GESTIÓN DEL PUNTO DE VENTA)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103953
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
ÁNGELA GONZÁLEZ LUCAS
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
319 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3008
385
Objectives
Providing students with a specific training on the retailing sector.
Knowing and understanding the importance of retailing in the economy.
Reviewing the functions involved in the retailing process.
Syllabus
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Retail Assortment.
Category Management
Retail pricing
Merchandising
Retail Space Allocations.
Retail Space performance.
Inventory Management
Textbooks
Díez, E. y Landa, J. (1996): Merchandising. Teoría y práctica, Pirámide.
Fernández, N.; García, J.; Martínez, J. y San José, L. A. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Modelos
de Optimización y Software, Universidad de Valladolid
Ferrín, A.R. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Optimización de Almacenes, Fundación Confemetal
Miquel, S.; Parra, F.; Lhermie, C. y Miquel, M.J. (2006): Distribución Comercial, Esic.
Palomares, R. (2009): Merchandising. Teoría, práctica y estrategia, Esic.
Palomares, R. (2012): Marketing en el Punto de Venta, Esic.
Soret, I. (1997): Logística comercial y empresarial, 2ª ed., Esic.
Vázquez, R. y Trespalacios, J. A. (2006): Estrategias de Distribución Comercial, Thomson.
Winston, W. L. (2005): Investigación de Operaciones. Aplicaciones y algoritmos, Thomson
Other references
http://www.alimarket.es/home
http://www.mercasa.es/publicaciones
http://www.anged.es/index.aspx
http://www.franquiciadores.com
386
MARKETING: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF RETAILERS
(DIRECCIÓN ESTRATÉGICA EN EMPRESAS MINORISTAS)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103954
Elective
(Optative)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Comercialización e Investigación de Mercados
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
387
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: OPERATION MANAGEMENT OF
COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION
(DIRECCIÓN DE OPERACIONES EN DISTRIBUCIÓN COMERCIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103955
Elective
(Optative)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
388
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ALLIANCES AND BUSINESS COOPERATION
(ALIANZAS Y COOPERACIÓN EMPRESARIAL)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103956
Code
(Código)
Elective
(Optativa)
Type
(Carácter)
239
Plan
(Plan)
4
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Juan David Arranz García
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
101 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Monday 14:00 – 16:00
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
389
Objectives
The aim of this course is to deepen into the characteristics of corporate alliances, in order to
analyze the results from strategic decisions
Syllabus
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Strategic development methods: organic growth versus external growth
Business cooperation: concept and characteristics
Cooperation: Benefits and disadvantages
Types of cooperation
Management of cooperation agreements
Textbooks
Hitt, M.A.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica.
Conceptos, Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.
Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2012): Fundamentos de Dirección
Estratégica de la empresa, Cívitas, Madrid.
Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la
empresa. Teoría y Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid
Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid
Other references
-
390
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INNOVATION MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN DE LA INNOVACIÓN)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103957
Elective
(Optative)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
391
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION:
ANALYSIS AND BUDGET CONTROL OF PROJECTS
(ANALISIS Y CONTROL PRESUPUESTARIO DE PROYECTOS)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
103958
Code
(Código)
Elective
(Optativa)
Type
(Carácter)
Plan
(Plan)
239
4
Year
(Curso)
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
301 (FES Building)
Office Hours
Mondays 11:00 to 12:00
URL Web
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
+34923294640
Extension: 3515
392
Objectives
To know the keys for an optimal budget planning process, to avoid the mistakes during the
preparation and control of the budgets, the variance analysis and to know the preparation and
budgetary control techniques.
Syllabus
ITEM 1. Business initiatives and projects. General aspects of management.
ITEM 2. Legal aspects and economic impact.
ITEM 3. Economic and financial planning.
ITEM 4. Preparation of financial statements pension.
ITEM 5. Budgeting and cost analysis associated with a project.
ITEM 6. Budgetary control.
ITEM 7. Viability of projects.
Textbooks
Issues and problems solved of projects management. University of Valencia
Other references
A.E.C.A documents Budget process in the Enterprise.
393
FINANCE: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DE NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103959
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
ECTS
6
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
4
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinador
Departament
ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS
Área
FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING
Center
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Office
101 (FES BUILDING)
Office hours
Apply through email
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
Class
Group:
923.- 294500. Ext 3524
Requirements
Objetives
SHOW THE OPERATION OF FINANCIAL MARKETS OFFERING MORE POSSIBILITIES
OF INVESTMENT, EITHER BY ITS WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AS PER YOUR
Complementarity.
ANALYZING PRODUCT FEATURES THAT THEY NEGOTIATE, VALUATION
METHODS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES OFFERED TO
394
INVESTORS OR PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.
Syllabus
1. IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY OF BUSINESS.
2.TRENDS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
3.. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL STRATEGIES
4. CORPORATE FINANCIAL PLANNING
5. CORPORATE FINANCE
Lectures
Practice Lessons
Works Exhibitions
Discussions
Exercises
Teacher-led hours
Actual
Nonactual
Hours
Hours
22,5
22,5
Lectures
‐ In class
Practices
Indepent
Study hours
Total Hours
22,5
22,5
‐ In the field
‐ Display
Seminaries
Tutoríng
Follow-up online
Works
Other Activities
Exams
4,5
6
TOTAL
3
60
15
60
4,5
7,5
15
60
15
90
18
150
1,5
Text books
GITMAN Lawrence J. Mc. Daniel Carl, EL MUNDO DE LOS NEGOCIOS, México, 1ª.
Edición, HARLA, S.A. DE C.V. 1995, 936pp.
BREALEY Richard A. Myers Stewart, C., FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS
CORPORATIVAS, España, Mc Graw Hill, 1ª. Edición, 1996, 771 pp.
RUGMAN M. Alana, NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES, México, 1998 1ª. Edición Mc
Graw Hill, 707pp.
EMERY Douglas R. FINNERY John D, ADMINISTRACION FINANCIERA
CORPORATIVA, PEARSON EDUCACION, MEXICO, México 1ª. Edición 2000, 999 pp.
395
Other References
Studium
Evaluation
General Conditions
TEST EXAM
Evaluation Criteria
Recomendations
396
MARKETING: FOREIGN TRADE MANAGEMENT
(OPERACIONES DE COMERCIO EXTERIOR)
Course Details
Course level
Undergraduate
Code
(Código)
103960
Type
(Carácter)
Elective
(Optativa)
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
Área
(Área)
Department
(Departamento)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
Course Staff
Course Coordinator
JUAN MARIA MARTIN GOMEZ
Other teachers:
(Profesores con
-
Department
(Departamento)
Área
(Área)
Center
(Centro)
Office
(Despacho)
322 (FES Building)
Office Hours
-
URL Web
-
E-mail
[email protected]
Phone
(Tlf.)
677.912203
Extension: N/A
397
Objectives
24. Know and understand what means in foreign trade in Marketing Management
what means: it contents, scope, and the applications in the business decision
making.
25. To know and understand the information sources for a foreign trade.
26. To know the different tools needed to identify and choose foreign markets
27. To know the different aspects of the foreign trade: international environment,
commercialization process, financial aspects, logistics, legal framework and how
to close a deal.
Syllabus
-
1.- International Markets selection strategies
2.- Firm situation and it sector. Ways of entry into a International Market.
3.- International Marketing. Selected Market research and Porter 4 P´s study.
4.- International Hiring. Arbitration Rules of the International Chamber of
Commerce.
5.- International Transport. Incoterms, Forwarders
6. – The Custom. Custom Code. Imports and Exports
7.- International taxation. VAT
8.- Payment and collections methods. Documentary Credit.
9.- International Monetary Operation. Forward exchange . Financing
10.- Commercial areas and International Institutions. GATT
Textbooks
Foreign Trade .ICEX
Foreign Trade Techniques. Pirámide. M.A Diaz Mier
Foreign Trade. Uncertainties and Solutions. Pirámide. Ramón Boixados
Other references
-
398
COMMERCIAL LAW: CONTRACT LAW IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE
(DERECHO DE LOS CONTRATOS EN EL COMERCIO INTERNACIONAL)
Course Details
Course level
Code
(Código)
Type
(Carácter)
Undergraduate
103961
Elective
(Optativa)
Área
(Área)
Derecho Mercantil
Department
(Departamento)
Derecho Privado
Plan
(Plan)
Year
(Curso)
239
4
ECTS
Periodicity
(Periodicidad)
6
Semiannual
(Semestral)
399
FOURTH YEAR
SPRING SEMESTER
Elective courses for this semester are 103931, 103932, 103933, 103934, 103935, 103936,
103937, 103938, 103939, 103940, 103941, 103942, 103943, 103944, 103945, 103946 (see
above descriptions)
400

in english - Fundación General de la Universidad de Salamanca

Transcripción

Documentos relacionados

Corporate Design and Communications Corporate Identity Design